Professional Documents
Culture Documents
by
Imre Kovcs
Head of Department
Department of Civil and Structural Engineering
University of Debrecen, Debrecen, Hungary
Gyrgy L. Balzs
Head of Department
Department of Construction Materials and Engineering Geology
Budapest University of Technology and Economics, Budapest, Hungary
All right reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any
form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopy, recording, or any
information storage and retrieval system, without written permission from the publisher.
Although the authors and the publisher did their best to provide accurate and current
information, none of them, nor anyone else associated with this publication, shall be
liable for any loss, damage or liability directly or indirectly caused or alleged to be
caused by this book.
Cover was designed by Salem G. Nehme.
ISBN
Preface
Preface
Fibre reinforced concrete is becoming an everyday construction material after several decades
of research. Even if use of natural fibres in clay and earth was an ancient idea to improve
integrity of bricks and walls, research on mixing fibres to concrete started only in the early 60ies. It was considered to be as a challenging material to reduce brittleness of concrete and
reduce production cost by partially or fully replacing conventional steel bar reinforcement and
in some cases reduce the construction time.
Researchers realized that addition of fibres to concrete does not only mean to have a
new component in concrete but it considerably influences the technology and behaviour of
concrete.
In addition to steel, various other types of fibre materials can be used in concrete as
fibre reinforcement like polypropylene, glass, carbon, aramid, ceramics or natural fibres. They
all lead to different behaviour. Physical and chemical properties of fibres as well as bond
between fibres and matrix may influence all kinds of concrete properties. Fibres are supposed to
be randomly oriented in concrete, however, in some practical cases and regions of members it
can not be reached.
Extensive research worldwide and many applications resulted an understanding of
material behaviour, however, fields of modelling of behaviour and possible applications give
further areas for research. Other recent interesting areas are e.g. use of fibre reinforcement in
self compacting and in light weight aggregate concrete.
In present book we intended to summarize our experimental and theoretical results on
steel fibre reinforced concrete obtained during the last ten years. Present results can be classified
into three groups:
Gyrgy L. Balzs
Content
Content
Preface
Content
Notations and abbreviations
1.
Introduction
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
2.
3
5
9
15
18
22
27
30
34
35
36
37
38
44
44
45
47
52
53
53
54
56
63
63
65
68
Content
3.
4.
71
96
99
5.
Experimental programme
Test specimens and reinforcing details
Experimental set-up and test procedure
Experimental results
Failure loads and failure modes
Load vs. mid-point deflection relationships
Cracking behaviour
Modelling of bending behaviour
Conclusions
101
101
102
104
104
110
115
122
127
131
131
133
136
136
139
139
145
147
147
149
150
150
153
154
160
160
162
163
Content
6.
7.
165
165
167
168
173
175
175
176
177
177
179
180
182
183
References
175
Appendix
187
Subject Index
231
Notations and
Abbreviations
Upper case letters
AP
Cm
Cf
mm2
MPa
MPa
Cmep
MPa
MPa
EP
Fu
Fcr
Hm
Hf
MPa
kN
cracking load
hardening/softening modulus of matrix
hardening/softening modulus of fibre reinforcement
kN
MPa
MPa
K0
K1
MPa
L
M
Nc
MPa
mm
MPa
kN
N t1
kN
N t2
kN
N t3
P0
Peff
V
Vu
kN
kN
kN
%
kN
ep
f
K2
MPa
mm
kg/m3
mm
MPa
MPa
f c ,cyl
MPa
f sp ,cyl
MPa
f sp
splitting strength
MPa
f fy
MPa
ft
fy
MPa
MPa
fm
ff
MPa
MPa
ft
MPa
fy
MPa
f cd
f td
se
w/c
dxic
MPa
mm
mm
mm
dxiP
mm
dx
c*
i
mm
dx
P*
i
mm
f fyd
f
P
i 1
xiP
x
c
i 1
c
i
P*
i 1
xiP*
th
mm
mm
mm
th
mm
mm
mm
mm
xic*1
mm
xic*
mm
th
x
xiP
x
xic
th
P
i 1
th
c
i 1
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
Greek letters
=
bp
ft / ft
t0
elastic tension limit strain vs. ultimate tension strain ratio
t2
fy / fy
t1
yielding strain vs. ultimate tension strain of fibre reinforced concrete
t 2
transfer length of prestressing tendon in EC2
0
1
c0
c1
t0
t1
t2
c
P
ic1
ic
ip1
ip
mm
0
/00
/00
0
/00
0
/00
0
/00
0
/00
0
/00
0
/00
0
/00
/00
th
/00
/00
0
/00
0
/00
MPa
MPa
MPa
MPa
mres
res
f
MPa
fp
u
m
f
p
m
x
h
b
=
h
MPa
/00
/00
shear stress
shear strength
hardening/softening force of the matrix
MPa
MPa
MPa
MPa
m
f
m
f
ratio of C f / Cm
Abbreviations
I and II
A
ACI
B
B-a
C
C1
CEB
D
DB
E
Chapter 1
Introduction
Chapter 1
Introduction
Steel fibre reinforced concrete is extensively used construction material. In the last
decades many research studies were directed to determine the material properties
of steel fibre reinforced concrete. Chapter 1 gives a concise literature review on
behaviour of steel fibre reinforced concrete in compression, in tension and in
bending, respectively.
Keywords: concrete, steel fibre, steel fibre reinforced concrete, compressive strength,
behaviour in compression, splitting strength, flexural toughness properties
Chapter 1
Introduction
cement based materials such as mortals may also be reinforced by fibres [Gokoz &
Naaman (1981), Imam & Vandewalle (1996), Reinhardt (1992)].
Mechanical properties of fibre reinforced concretes are depend on the
mechanical properties of concrete mix and the used fibre type [Balaguru & Shah
(1992)]. Main purpose of fibre application is to increase energy absorption capacity or
ductility as well as fracture toughness of plain concrete [Groth & Noghabai (1996)]. For
this reason, many airport runways, tunnels, bridge decks, pipes, industrial floors etc.
were built in the last two decades applying also fibre reinforcement [Dombi (1993)].
Many previous research and publications cover basic research on fibre
reinforced concrete specially applying steel fibres as special construction material with
characteristics different from those of conventional concrete.
Table 1.1: Mechanical properties of different fibres
Fibre type
Material
Diameter
Length
Density
Young
modulus
[m]
[mm]
[kN/m3]
2
[GN/mm ]
High strength
100...600
Steel
Stainless
10...330
Krizotil
0.02...30
Asbestos
Krocidolit
0.1...20
Very stiff
8
Carbon
9
High strength
A-glass
E-glass
8...10
Glass
NEG AR-glass
Acrylic
13...104
Aramid I
12
Aramid II
10
Nylon
>4
Polymer
Polyester
Polyethylene
25...1020
Polypropylene
Individual
100...200
Poly
fibre
Bundled fibres propylene 500...4000
Coconut
Sisal
Bamboo
Cellulose
Wood
Elephant grass
0.1...0.4
Natural
10...60
78.6
200
10...60
78.6
160
<40
25.5
164
33.7
196
10
19
380
10
19
230
24.6
64.8
10...50
25.4
72
27.4
78.6
1.17
14.6...19.6
1.44
62
1.44
117
5...5
1.14
>4
1.34...1.39
17.5
0.96
5
0.900.91
5...50
9
>5
20...75
50...35 11.2...11.5
0
0.05...0.4
15
12
2.55.0 1580
8
-
>8
19...26
13...26
33...40
10
4.9
Poisson
ratio
0.28
0.28
0.3
0.35
0.35
0.25
0.4
-
Tensile
strength
Ultimate
strain
Fibre
content
2
[N/mm ]
[%]
[V%]
700...2000
2100
200...1800
3500
1800
2600
3103
3500
2448
207...1000
3620
3620
750...900
896...1100
200...300
310760
400
3.5
3
2...3
2...3
0.5
1
4.7
4.8
2.5
7.5...5
4.4
2.5
13.5
3
150
18
0.5...2
0.5...2
10
2...12
2...12
2...8
0.1...6
0.1...6
0.2...1.2
10...25
3...5
3.6
10...20
-
0.29...0.
400
46
120...200
-
280...568
350...500
300...500
700
178
Chapter 1
Introduction
Steel fibre
reinforcement in
concrete members
Concrete
Fibre reinforced
concrete
Reinforcing bar
Prestressing
High shear
regions
Precast beam
In situ connection
Figure 1.2: Examples of different use of steel fibre reinforcement in seismic resistance
and pre cast structures after Naaman & Reinhardt (1998)
Chapter 1
Introduction
Compressive strength, tensile strength [Romualdi & Batson (1963), Stang &
Rossi (1999)], tensile splitting strength, shear strength [Siao (1994), Sharma (1986)],
punching shear strength [Theodorakopoulos & Swamy (1999)], flexural toughness of
concrete [Krstulovic-Opara & Dogan & Uang & Haghayeghi (1997), Erdlyi (1993),
Banthia & Trottier (1995)] are the main mechanical properties which are examined and
primarily influenced by steel fibre addition [Balaguru & Shah (1992), Naaman &
Reinhardt (1998)].
However, few results are available concerning behaviour of steel fibre reinforced
concrete in structural reinforced concrete members [Balzs & Kovcs (1999), Balzs &
Kovcs (1999)], partially and axially prestressed members [Balzs & Erdlyi & Kovcs
(1997), Narayanan & Kareem-Palanjian (1986), Balaguru & Ezeldin (1987)], deep
beam specimens [Mansur & Ong (1991)] as well as steel fibre reinforced slabs.
Steel fibre reinforcement may effectively be used strengthening or retrofitting
damaged structures such as beams, slabs, columns etc. (Figure 1.1). Other possible
structural applications of steel fibre reinforced concrete are summarised in Figure 1.1
and in Figure 1.2.
Steel fibres in concrete are generally considered to be randomly oriented. However, in
some special applications fibres may be oriented in the material [Stroeven (1995)] and
hence, effect the mechanical properties of concrete.
Chapter 1
Introduction
view of structural design [Balaguru & Shah (1992)]. On the other hand, fibres make a
considerable contribution in compressive toughness [Balaguru & Shah (1992), Naaman
& Reinhard (1998), Reinhard & Naaman (1999)]. Addition of steel fibres increases the
strain at peak load and ultimate strain leading to a less steep and more reproducible
descending branch of stress-strain diagram (Figure 1.3). Overall, steel fibre reinforced
concrete can absorb more energy before failure in compression compared to plain
concrete [Balaguru & Shah (1992), Naaman & Reinhard (1998)].
Increase in compressive toughness or ductility provided by steel fibres depend
on many parameters such as fibre volume fraction, fibre geometry and matrix properties
[Balaguru & Shah (1992), Naaman & Reinhard (1998), Reinhard & Naaman (1999)].
An increase in fibre content results in an increase in energy absorption capacity.
However, the relative magnitude of energy increase in the 0 V% to 0.7 V% fibre
volume fraction range is much greater than further energy increase in the 1.0 V% to 2.0
V% volume fraction range [Balaguru & Shah (1992), Naaman & Reinhard (1998)] as
can be seen in Figure 1.3.
With respect to the fibre geometry, the fibre length vs. fibre diameter ratio
(aspect ratio) is particularly important for the performance of straight steel fibres
[Romualdi & Batson (1963)]. As the aspect ratio increases, ductility increases as long as
fibres can properly mixed with the concrete [Craig & Parr & Germain & Mosquera &
Kamilares (1986), Erdlyi (1993), El-Niema (1991)]. In the case of deformed steel
fibres (hooked, crimped, etc.), fibres provide better energy absorption capacity.
However, aspect ratio plays an important role even in the case of deformed steel fibres
[Erdlyi (1993)].
100
80
60
120 kg/m3
40
90 kg/m3
3
20
0
60 kg/m
Plain
Concrete
30 kg/m3
100
120 kg/m3
80
60
40
90 kg/m3
Plain
Concrete
60 kg/m3
20
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
a)
b)
Figure 1.3: Compressive stress-strain behaviour of normal (a) and high strength (b)
concrete effected by hooked end steel fibre [Balaguru & Shah (1992)]
Chapter 1
Introduction
Table 1.2: Experimental variables and constants for concrete compressive strength
experimental results as well as their main conclusions
Cube test: 150150150 mm
Sanat & Nyogi & Dwarkaranathan (1985)
Straight steel fibre aspect ratio: f / f = 50 / 1 = 50, Fibre strength: ff = 326-360 MPa
Fibre contents: 0 V%, 1 V%, 3 V%, Concrete mix proportions:
A: 1 : 1.2 : 2 = cement : fine aggregates : course aggregates, w/c = 0.50
B: 1 : 2.4 : 4 = cement : fine aggregates : course aggregates, w/c = 0.55
Main conclusion: Compressive strength increased by the increase of fibre content independently from
the used concrete mix proportion.
Hooked-end steel fibre aspect ratios: f / f = 30 / 0.50 =60, Concrete mix proportion:
A: 1 : 2.80 : 2.60 = cement : fine aggregates : course aggregates, w/c = 0.62
B: 1 : 3.84 : 3.01 = cement : fine aggregates : course aggregates, w/c = 0.70
C: 1 : 2.32 : 2.06 = cement : fine aggregates : course aggregates, w/c = 0.48
Fibre contents: A: 0 V%, 0.5 V%, 0.75 V%, 1 V%, B: 0.75 V%, C: 0.75 V%
Main conclusion: Slightly increase in compressive strength was observed by the increasing hookedend steel fibre content.
Steel fibre aspect ratio: f / f = 38 / 0.38 = 100, Fibre strength: ff = 1800-2000 MPa
Fibre contents: 0 V%, 1 V%, 2 V%, 2.75 V%, Concrete mix proportions:
1 : 3 = cement : fine aggregate, w/c = 0.50
Main conclusion: Increment in compressive strength measured on standard cube was proportionally to
the used steel fibre content.
Craig & Parr & Germain & Mosquera & Kamilares (1986)
Hooked- end steel fibres aspect ratios: f / f = 30/0.5 = 60, f / f = 50/0.5 = 100
Fibre contents: 0 V%, 0.70 V%, 1 V%, 1.5 V%, 2 V%
Main conclusion: Concrete strength increased by the use of f / f = 100 aspect ratio, while decreased
by the use of f / f = 60 aspect ratio applying more fibre.
El-Niema (1991)
=300 mm
Crimped steel fibre aspect ratio: f / f = 50 / 0.50 = 100, Fibre strength: ff = 1570 MPa
Fibre contents: 0 V%, 1 V%
Main conclusion: Increment in compressive strength measured on standard cube was detected by
increasing steel fibre content.
Erdlyi (1993)
Hooked-end steel fibre aspect ratios: f / f = 50 / 0.60 = 83.33, Fibre strength: ff = 1250 MPa
Fibre contents: 0 V%, 0.8 V%, Concrete mix proportion:
Main conclusion: Slight decrease in compressive strength was observed by the increasing hooked-end steel fibre content
in case of both cube and cylinder tests.
Chapter 1
Introduction
47.7
0 V%
1 V%
3 V%
45.5
0 V%
1 V%
Fibre content
24.2
0 V%
29.1
[MPa]
B
29.9
0.5 V% 0.75 V%
30
1 V%
33.4
20.6
[MPa]
Compressive strength, fc,cub
Concrete compositions
A
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
0.75 V% 0.75 V%
40.69
40.00
35.86
0.7 V% 1.5 V%
[MPa]
1 V%
Fibre content
[MPa]
Compressive strength, fc,cub
44.78
0 V%
2 V%
1 V%
2 V%
54.2
0 V%
52.7
54.8
l f / f = 67-76
f c,cub [MPa]
f c,cyl [MPa]
51.7
53
0 V%
53.4
54.4
49.2
Fibre content
43.48
47.59
43.45
28.97
Erdlyi (1993)
l f / f = 40
28.6 29.7
24.6 25.2 25.4 23.8 24.8 25.17
22.7 26.2
[MPa]
l f / f = 63.83
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
Fibre content
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
l f / f = 100
Fibre content
[MPa]
Compressive strength, fc,cub
l f / f = 93.75
2.75 V%
l f / f = 60
0 V%
El-Niema (1991)
l f / f = 127.7
2 V%
Fibre content
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
55
Fibre content
51.5
l f / f = 60
3 V%
23.3
41.9
l f / f = 67-76
1 V%
22.06
l f / f = 40
0 V%
19.88
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
l f / f = 60
44.06
41.22
Concrete composition: B
[MPa]
Concrete composition: A
[MPa]
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
60.8
0 V%
f c,cyl [MPa]
58.5
0.8 V%
52.0
0 V%
46.3
0.8 V%
Fibre content
Figure 1.4: Summary of literature review on typical test results on compressive strength
of steel fibre reinforced concrete. Strengths were determined in 28 days of concrete and
measured on standard cube (150150150 mm) and standard cylinder ( =150 mm,
=300 mm) specimens.
Chapter 1
Introduction
Brittleness of the matrix itself plays an important role in the behaviour of steel
fibre reinforced concrete. High strength concrete tends to be more brittle than normal
strength [Balaguru & Shah (1992), Naaman & Reinhard (1998)]. Brittleness is even
more pronounced for concrete containing fly ash and silica fume. Application of silica
fume in concrete mix tends to provide better bond behaviour between concrete matrix
and steel fibres and hence, makes them more effective structural material [Balaguru &
Shah (1992), Naaman & Reinhard (1998)].
For this reason, higher fibre volume fraction and higher yielding strength of fibre
is needed for high strength concrete to produce ductile failure. Compressive strength
seems to govern the brittleness of both plain and steel fibre reinforced concretes. Higher
compressive strength always results in a brittle mode of failure for both normal weight
and light weight concrete [Balaguru & Shah (1992), Naaman & Reinhard (1998)].
Ductile, high
strength fibre
Ductile matrix
Tension strain
a)
Tension stress
Tension stress
Brittle, high
strength fibre
Brittle matrix
Tension strain
b)
Chapter 1
Introduction
Chapter 1
Tension strain
Tension strain
a)
Multiple
cracking
zone
Tension load
Tension load
Tension load
Introduction
Fibre
pull-out
Tension strain
b)
c)
Flat crimped steel fibres with different aspect ratios: f / f = 40 / 0.65 = 62, f / f = 18 / 0.25 = 72, f / f = 58 / 0.65 = 89, f /
f = 40 / 0.40 = 100, Fibre contents: 0 V%, 1.0 V%, 1.5 V%
Main conclusion: Splitting strength of steel fibre reinforced concrete increased by the use of steel fibre content. Increment in
splitting strength was proportionally to the fibre content.
Straight steel fibre aspect ratio: f / f = 50 / 1 = 50, Fibre strength: ff = 326-360 MPa
Fibre contents: 0 V%, 1 V%, 3 V%, Concrete mix proportions:
A: 1 : 1.2 : 2 = cement : fine aggregates : course aggregates, w/c = 0.50
B: 1 : 2.4 : 4 = cement : fine aggregates : course aggregates, w/c = 0.55
Main conclusion: Splitting strength increased by the increase of fibre content independently from
the used concrete mix proportion.
Sharma (1986)
Hooked-end steel fibre aspect ratio: f / f = 50 / 0.6 = 80, Fibre contents: 0V%, 0.96 V%, Concrete mix proportions:
Plain concrete: 483 : 655 : 980 : 215 = cement : fine aggregates : course aggregates : water, w/c = 0.45
Fibre concrete: 483 : 655 : 980 : 235 = cement : fine aggregates : course aggregates : water, w/c = 0.49
Main conclusion: Steel fibres was effective to improve the splitting strength of steel fibre reinforced concrete
Steel fibre aspect ratio: f / f = 38 / 0.38 = 100, Fibre strength: ff = 1800-2000 MPa
Fibre contents: 0 V%, 1 V%, 2 V%, 2.75 V%, Concrete mix proportions: 1 : 3 = cement : fine aggregate, w/c = 0.50
Main conclusion: By the increase of steel fibre content higher splitting strength was obtained
Mortar and concrete compositions, Aramid ( f = 6.4 mm), Acrylic ( f = 6.4 mm), Steel ( f = 25 mm and 50 mm) and
Polyethylene ( f = 12.7 mm) fibres, Fibre contents: 0 V%, 1.0 V%, 2.0 V%
Main conclusion: Steel fibres are more effective to improve splitting strength than other synthetic fibres
Hooked-end steel fibres, Fibre contents: 0 V%, 0.5 V%, 1 V%, 1.5 V%, 2 V%
Main conclusion: significant increment in splitting strength was determined by increasing hooked-end steel fibre content.
Chapter 1
Introduction
The slope of the post cracking behaviour depends on the steel fibre content and
bond properties of fibres. By increasing the load, more cracks will appear along the
length of specimens. Finally, when fibres start to pull out from the concrete the loadcarrying capacity will start to drop. This type of failure provides for optimum use of the
fibre and matrix properties (Figure 1.6/c) even if it usually means workability problem
[Balaguru & Shah (1992)].
According to Figure 1.6 three different branches of tensile stress-strain diagram
can be distinguished: elastic, inelastic or multiple cracking and post peak. As
summarised earlier these three parts of stress-strain diagram may not be always obtained
for all fibre reinforced concrete. Existence of the three branches depends on the concrete
and steel fibre reinforcement properties such as fibre length, fibre diameter, fibre shape,
fibre content and the bond characteristic between fibres and concrete.
First range representing the pre-cracking or elastic behaviour of the material and
can be defined by the modulus of elasticity of the concrete by neglecting the effect of
steel fibres [Naaman & Otter & Najm (1991)].
Second segment if exists can be considered as a strain region where nonlinear
deformations or plastic deformations occur. This region is well identified between the
developing of the first crack and the ultimate tensile strength of material [Reinhardt &
Naaman (1999)]. This strain hardening type behaviour is often observable for the case
of high performance fibre reinforced cement based composites. Third considerable part
of the stress-strain diagram represents the post peak behaviour which can be described
by the fibre pull-out mechanism depending on the fibre geometry, fibre shape
[Naaman (1998)] and fibre volume fraction. The postcracking strength can vary from
the negligible (brittle behaviour) to the tensile strength of material (perfectly plastic
behaviour) [Balaguru & Shah (1992)].
However, fibres are usually considered to be random in the material which is
quite a simplification for thin or 2D structural elements such as slabs, shells or walls
[Ward & Li (1990), Mansur & Ong (1991)]. Further, in some special application,
structural performances of steel fibre reinforced pre-cast elements are also effect by the
fibre orientation due to the casting process or the vibration of concrete. Local or global
behaviour of structures are also effect the fibre orientation, particularly in the boundary
regions of specimens [Stroeven (1995)]. Steel fibre reinforced concrete started to be a
structural material in the last decades but the problems of the fibre orientation is
permanently under debate, hence, further experimental and theoretical investigations are
needed.
Reliable determination and modelling of stress-strain relationship of steel fibre
reinforced concrete in uniaxial tension is important for structural design [Bekaert
(1994), Dulcska (1994), Dulcska (1996), Kovcs (1998), Kovcs (1998), Kovcs
(1999)].
From the pioneer study of Romualdi and Batson [Romualdi & Batson (1963),
Romualdi & Batson (1964)] many experimental and theoretical study were done on the
behaviour of different steel fibre reinforced concrete in tension [Bolander & Saito
(1992), Krstulovic-Opara & Malak (1997), Lim & Paramasivam & Lee (1987),
Naaman & Otter & Najm (1991)].
Analytical and theoretical models for modelling of bending behaviour were
developed taking into consideration the effect of fibre and concrete parameters
[Dulcska (1994)].
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
Introduction
Hughes & Fattuhi (1977)
Hooked-end
steel
l f / f = 113
Crimped
steel
l f / f = 96
8.95
Round
steel
l f / f = 120 l f / f = 46
7.34
7.33
5.11
4.54
0 V%
1.5 V%
1.5 V%
1.5 V%
Chapter 1
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
3.27
l f / f =
72
1.5 V%
Fibre content
3.55
2.76
0 V%
Concrete composition B
4.27
1.0 V% 3.0 V%
2.34
1.86
1.37
0 V%
Concrete composition A
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
1.0 V% 3.0 V%
Sharma (1985)
0 V%
6.55
5.88
6.46
0.96 V%
0.96 V%
0.96 V%
Concrete composition A
3.75
4.57
4.79
0 V% 0.25 V% 0.5 V%
1 V%
7.22
1.5 V%
8.10
2 V%
8.70
2.5 V%
9.51
Fibre content
6.03
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
3 V%
2.54
3.03
3.27
3.73
0 V%
0.25 V%
0.5 V%
1 V%
Fibre content
Steel
l f = 25 mm
l f = 6.4 mm
2.20
0 V%
4.00
3.40
4.10
2 V%
1 V%
2 V%
Fibre content
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
3.00
3.30
0 V%
1 V%
Steel
l f = 30 mm
l f = 50 mm
5.20
5.30
1 V%
1 V%
Fibre content
Concrete composition C
l f = 6.4 mm
Steel
2.90
0 V%
1 V%
2 V%
1 V%
1 V%
1 V%
2 V%
1 V%
2 V%
Fibre content
Polyethylene
Aramid
Polyethylene
l f = 50 mm
l f = 6.4 mm l = 12.7 mm
l f = 25 mm
f
5.60
4.80
4.40
4.30 3.60
4.30
3.20 3.90
Fibre content
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
3.52
Fibre content
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
l f / f = 100
5.84
5.20
4.32 5.10 3.89 4.52 4.96
4.19
Fibre content
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
l f / f =
89
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
4.18
1 V%
5.24
6.12
2 V%
2.75 V%
Fibre content
Figure 1.7: Summary of literature review on typical test results on cylinder splitting
strength of steel fibre reinforced concrete. Strengths were determined in 28 day of
concrete and measured on cylinder ( =150 mm, =300 mm, =100 mm, =200 mm,
=77 mm, =154 mm) specimens.
Chapter 1
Introduction
Due to the experimental complications of the direct tensile test [Stang (1998),
Stang & Rossi (1999)] stress strain relationships are indirectly determined based on
bending test [RILEM (1999)]. Generally, tensile stress crack opening ( w method)
[RILEM (1999)] relationship is measured. Stress strain relationships of developed
models are generally based on experimental observations (Table 1.4).
In the beyond model proposals steel fibre reinforced concrete is considered to be
a material which can be characterised at the level of the material. However, steel fibre
reinforced concrete is composed of two phases, the concrete phase (matrix) and the
phase of steel fibres (reinforcement) which phases define a fibre reinforced material.
The two phases are connected by a third element which couples the plastic deformations
of the matrix and the fibres.
Chapter 1
Introduction
Table 1.4: Tensile stress strain relationships for the tensile stress distributions of
cross-sections in bending according to Dulcska (1994)
Author(s)
Craig (1987)
Hannant (1978)
Kasperkievicz (1978)
Schntgen (1989)
Eddington (1973)
are
JSCE Method of test for flexural strength and flexural toughness of fibre reinforced
concrete [(JSCE-SF3 (1984)] (see Figure 1.8/b) and test methods for flexural toughness
characterisation of fibre reinforced concrete proposed by Banthia and Trottier [(Banthia
& Trottier (1995)], (see Figure 1.8/c).
Geometry of specimens as well as the working process influence toughness
properties of steel fibre reinforced concrete. Geometry of standardised beam specimens
(600150150 mm) is not appropriate to investigate real beam behaviour [Erdlyi
(1993)]. In addition to, fibre orientation may also influence the toughness properties
[Kovcs (1998)].
Chapter 1
Introduction
ASTM C 1018
Toughness Indexes:
I5 = Area (0ABG) / Area (0AF)
I10 =
Area (0ACH) / Area (0AF)
I20 =
Area (0ADI) / Area (0AF)
I30 =
Area (0AEJ) / Area (0AF)
Load
G
3
H
5.5
J
15.5
10.5
Deflection
Load
L/150
Deflection
Epre
Banthia, Trottier
Post cracking strength: (PCS)
PCSm = Epost,mL / ((L/m-
peak) / bh2
Epost,m
Load
Fpeak
peak
L/m
Deflection
Chapter 1
Introduction
Chapter 1
Introduction
Chapter 1
Introduction
Shear strength,
[MPa]
behaviour of steel fibre reinforced walls, beams, deep beams and corbels [Siao (1994),
Sharma (1986)].
These results indicated that shear strength of concrete can be increased applying
steel fibre reinforcement. However, increments were not proportionally to the increase
of aspect ratio of steel fibres (Figure 1.10). The increase in aspect ration of the fibres
resulted in an increase of shear strength up to a values of 75 [Balaguru & Shah (1992)].
Higher aspect ratio resulted drastically drop in shear strength due to the balling effect of
long steel fibres.
Experimental results shown that shear strength of steel fibre reinforced concrete
also effect by the configuration of steel fibres. Hooked-end and crimped steel fibres
provide grater contribution both in strength and ductility because of the better anchorage
properties of fibres related to straight steel fibres.
Reasonable application of steel fibre reinforcement in concrete and reinforced
concrete walls, shear walls and deep beams are strongly constrained by the workability
conditions. Generally, structural elements such as deep beams and shear walls to be
considered as two dimensional structural elements in design. In the two dimensional
case the randomly oriented steel fibre reinforcement may be to strong hypothesis.
Characteristic fibre orientation may occur due to the applied casting process (concrete
vibrators, wall vibrators, etc.).
5.0
4.5
4.0
3.5
3.0
2.5
2.0
0
Shear strength,
[MPa]
Figure 1.9: Schematic representation of the shear strength vs. shear spanto depth
ratio [Balaguru & Shah (1992)]
5.0
a/d = 4.8
4.5
4.0
3.5
a/d = 3.6
3.0
2.5
2.0
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
Figure 1.10: Effect of aspect ratio of fibre on the shear strength of steel fibre reinforced
concrete [Balaguru & Shah (1992)]
Chapter 1
Introduction
Chapter 1
Introduction
1.6 Conclusions
Based on the literature review for the mechanical properties of steel fibre reinforced
concrete the following main conclusions can be drawn:
1. There is a wide range of fibres to use as fibre reinforcement in concrete such as
steel, polymeric, glass, carbon, aramid, natural, etc.
2. Increment in modulus of elasticity and in compressive strength provided by steel
fibres can be considered negligible for design purposes.
3. With respect to fibre geometry, the fibre length vs. fibre diameter ratio (aspect
ratio) is particularly important for mixing and for the performance.
4. High fibre volume fraction and high yield strength of fibre is needed for high
strength concrete to produce ductile failure.
5. Pre-cracking behaviour in tension can be defined by neglecting the effect of steel
fibres. Post-cracking behaviour can be different depending on fibre length, content,
shape and diameter.
6. Application of steel fibre reinforcement in concrete may produce residual tension
forces in the cracked cross-section after cracking resulting tougher behaviour.
7. Due to the experimental complications of the direct tensile test, stress vs strain
relationships are generally indirectly determined based on bending test.
Chapter 2
Chapter 2
Material compositions and mechanical properties
Chapter 2 deals with experimental characterisation of mechanical properties of
steel fibre reinforced concrete for structural elements. An extensive experimental
programme has been developed to investigate the effect of steel fibre reinforcement
on the mechanical performance.
Specimens and test methods were selected to be able to detect realistic behaviour.
material compositions, test methods, test set-ups as well as test arrangements will
be detailed.
Measurements on compressive strength, stress-strain relationship, splitting
strength and toughness to various concrete compositions will be presented and
compared to those of other researchers.
Keywords: concrete, steel fibre reinforcement, steel fibre reinforced concrete, compressive
strength, behaviour in compression, splitting strength, toughness properties,
characterisation of toughness, fibre orientation
Chapter 2
Fibre content
in volumetric fraction [V%]
Concrete mix
FRC-175ZP 305-I
FRC-41.0ZC 30/.5-II
Fibre type
Characteristic
fibre orientation
Two washed and classified aggregate fractions were used, 0 to 4 mm sandy-gravel and 4
to 8 mm gravel fractions. Maximum aggregate diameter therefore was 8 mm [Balzs &
Erdlyi & Kovcs (1997), Balzs & Kovcs (1999)].
Two types of Hungarian Portland Cements were used. For mixes noted by FRC175ZP305 to FRC-2150ZP305 CEM I. 52.5 (550 pc) was used while for the other mixes from
FRC-3REF to FRC-41.0D&D 30/.5 made of CEM I. 42.5 (450 pc). Proper workability was
obtained by the addition of superplasticizer in order to reduce the water to cement ratio
in case of mixes FRC-175ZP 305, FRC-1150ZP 305, FRC-275ZP 305 and FRC-2150ZP 305. The
superplasticizer used was SIKAMENT-10 HBR.
Concrete mixes were produced at the Laboratory of the Department of Structural
Engineering and at the Department of Construction Materials and Engineering Geology,
Table 2.1: Concrete composition in dry material [kg/m3] (present tests)
Nr.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Notation
of mix
FRC-175ZP 305
FRC-1150ZP 305
FRC-275ZP 305
FRC-2150ZP 305
REF-3
FRC-30.5ZC 30/.5
FRC-31.0ZC 30/.5
REF-4
FRC-40.5ZC 30/.5
FRC-41.0ZC 30/.5
FRC-40.5D&D ~30/.5
FRC-41.0D&D ~30/.5
Fine
aggregates
0-4
4-8
mm
mm
1056
1056
958
958
1035
1035
1035
919
919
919
919
919
829
829
752
752
635
635
635
751
751
751
751
751
330
330
500
500
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
Superplasticizer
w/c
5,952
8.571
9.048
10.476
-
0.512
0.512
0.372
0.372
0.478
0.478
0.478
0.478
0.478
0.478
0.478
0.478
Fibre
content
V%
kg/
m3
~ 1.0
~ 2.0
~ 1.0
~ 2.0
0
0.5
1.0
0
0.5
1.0
0.5
1.0
75
150
75
150
39.2
78.5
39.2
78.5
39.2
78.5
Air
content
[ /m3]
Porosity
36.7
60.8
28.0
74.4
91.88
50.03
31.20
23.66
54.25
43.73
54.25
43.73
8.95
11.62
3.80
8.59
14.75
10.83
8.95
7.95
12.22
12.08
12.22
12.08
[%]
Chapter 2
Budapest University of Technology and Economics. Two types of concrete mixers were
used. Mixes noted by FRC-3REF to FRC-41.0D&D 30/.5 were produced in a mixer with a
maximum capacity of 250 . Mixes noted by FRC-175ZP305 to FRC-2150ZP305 were
prepared in a concrete mixer with a capacity of 50 . Specimens with the same fibre
content were cast from the same batches.
Possible mixing processes of concretes containing fibres are detailed in the
literature [ACI Committee 544 (1984), Balaguru & Ramkrishnan (1988), Balaguru &
Shah (1992), Reinhardt & Naaman (1992), Reinhardt & Naaman (1999), ASTM A 82090, DBV-Merkblatt (1992), Vorlufige Richtlinien (1995), JSCE-SF1 (1984), UNE 83502-88]. In the present study mixing sequence was the following: dry mixing of the
aggregates, addition of cement and dry mixing, addition of water and superplasticizer in
small quantities and finally addition of steel fibres in small quantities parallel to the
addition of water and superplasticizer. During mixing and casting there was no
noticeable workability problem. However, in case of concrete mixes FRC-2 lower
energy was needed to mix and cast due to their relatively high superplasticizer content.
Chapter 2
Table 2.2: Types of fibres and their mechanical properties (present tests)
Notation
Material Configuration Aspect Density
Yield
Elastic
type
ratio
strength modulus
[kg/m3]
[MPa]
[GPa]
f/ f
Dramix ZP 305
Steel
60
7800
1100
200
Dramix ZC
30/.5
Steel
60
7800
1100
200
D&D ~30/.5
Steel
60
7800
1400
200
Chapter 2
Nr.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
D6
E7
1
1
1
1
1
1
1/3
1/3
1/3
1/3
1/3
1/3
E
R
R
R
R
-
Notations of the introduced characteristic fibre orientations which is parallel to the longer side of
the formwork in case of I, and perpendicular to that of side in case of II.
Characteristic fibre orientation was not introduced into the mixtures (R = random)
Chapter 2
In addition to the concrete mix proportion and the fibre content, characteristic
fibre orientation was the major experimental variable. Series devoted to study the effect
of characteristic fibre orientation on the mechanical properties of steel fibre reinforced
concretes are noted by roman numbers I and II. Numbers denote the considered two
characteristic fibre orientations introduced into the slabs during casting. Fibre
orientations were considered to be in the plane of slabs and hence, effect of fibres
oriented in the third direction was not taken into consideration. Fibre orientation may
play an important role in the anisotropy of material, particularly in the range of post
cracking behaviour and hence, it is essential in structural analysis [Stroeven (1995),
Torrenti & Djebri (1992, 1995)]. Characteristic fibre orientations were systematically
introduced in the material by a P14 type handy vibrator of 28 mm diameter. In
specimens denoted by I and II, the characteristic fibre orientations were perpendicular to
each other. Fibre orientations were formed by moving the vibrator only in one direction
in the slabs. On the other hand, fibre orientation was random (R) in test series aimed to
study the structural behaviour of RC and PC beams applying also steel fibres.
After a week of casting specimens A, B and C, different specimens were sawn
out of them. The sawing plan is summarised in Table 2.6. 6+6 prisms with the size of
240100100 mm and a small deep beam with a size of 500170100 mm were sawn
out of specimen A denoted by T1T6, C1C6 and DB-a. T indicates that the prism
will be tested in direct tension while C denotes the prisms tested in compression.
Notation DB-a indicates the type of deep beam element (see Table 2.6).
Specimens denoted by B were divided into four portions. Three of them are
beams with the geometry of 8208580 mm noted by B-a, B-b and B-c which indicate
three different positions in the formwork, respectively. The fourth is a deep beam
specimen denoted by DB-b and has a geometry of 82034080 mm. Tests on specimens
DB-a as well as on DB-b are detailed in Chapter 6. Geometry of sawn specimens are
summarised in Table 2.6.
Chapter 2
Flow test
Chapter 2
Formwork B
100 mm
800 mm
630 mm
500 mm
Formwork A
820 mm
80 mm
80 mm
100 mm
600 mm
Formwork C
600 mm
50 mm
50 mm
Formwork D
100 mm
2000 mm
150 mm
150 mm
Formwork E
80 mm
2000 mm
120 mm
Figure 2.1: Types of formworks and their geometries (present tests)
120 mm
Chapter 2
85
80
100
820
500
240
340
100
80
820
100
Table 2.6: Sawing plan of specimens made of FRC-1, FRC-2 (present study)
Notation of characteristicd
I
II
fibre orientation
Fibre orientation
A. Type of specimen
Prisms (C1-C6)
Prisms (T1-T6)
Deep beam (DB-a)
T1
C1
C2
T4
T5
C4
B. Type of specimen
Beam (B-a)
Beam (B-b)
Beam (B-c)
Deep beam (DB-b)
C3
T6
C5
T1
T3
T2
C1
C2
T4
T5
C4
C6 DB-a
B-a
B-b
B-c
B-a
B-b
B-c
DB-b
DB-b
C. Type of specimen
Slab (S)
S
T3
T2
C3
T6
C5
C6 DB-a
Chapter 2
Chapter 2
Force controlled testing machine was used with the capacity of 6000 kN to
determine concrete strength on standard cube and standard cylinder for mixes REF-3,
FRC-3, REF-4 and FRC-4.
Displacement controlled Instron type testing machine with the capacity of 500
kN were used to determine compressive strength on sawn prisms (240100100 mm) as
well as on drilled cylinder specimens (=70 mm, =100 mm) made of mixes FRC-1
and FRC-2. In order to fulfil the standard requirements rate of cross-head of test
machine was 0.2 mm/min [JSCE-SF2 (1984), JSCE-SF3 (1984), DBV-Merkblatt
Anhang A (1992), UNE 83-504-90 (1990), UNE 83-505-86 (1986), UNE 83-506-86
(1986), UNE 83-507-86 (1986), UNE 83-507-86 (1986)].
Failure loads as well as stress strain relationships were registered in the case of
each specimen. Compressive toughness values for standard cube specimens of mixes
REF-3, FRC-3, REF-4 and FRC-4 were derived from the stress-strain relationships.
Chapter 2
the case of FRC-3 and FRC-4 even though the increments were not proportional to the
applied steel fibre content. Further, as Figure 2.3/c shows, more than 1.0 V% fibre
content was not appropriate to improve compressive strength, even if higher cement
content were applied.
Fibre contents (0.5 V% and 1.0 V%) and fibre types (Dramix ZC 30/.5 hookedend and D&D 30/.5 crimped steel fibre) produced slight increments of concrete
strength. However, strength increments were not proportional to the increments of fibre
contents. Higher concrete strengths were achieved for both FRC-3 and FRC-4 mixes
made with 0.5 V% Dramix ZC 30/.5 hooked-end and D&D 30/.5 crimped steel fibres
related to the corresponding mix made with 1.0 V% fibre content.
D&D 30/.5 crimped steel fibres were more effective to increase cube strength
than Dramix ZC 30/.5 hooked-end steel fibres which may be caused by their higher
yield strength (D&D 30/.5 crimped steel fibres: ffy=1400 MPa, Dramix ZC 30/.5
hooked-end steel fibres: ffy=1100 MPa).
Failure mode was also influenced by the fibre content and the fibre orientation as
well. In the case of prism specimens (FRC-1 and FRC-2) made with 150 kg/m3
Dramix ZP 305 hooked-end steel fibres tougher failure modes were observed than in
the case of specimens made with 75 kg/m3 Dramix ZP 305 hooked-end steel fibres.
Contribution of fibre orientation was also considerable on the failure mode of
specimens. When the characteristic fibre orientation was parallel to the axis of load,
more rigid failure was observed. Some plastic deformations were detected after the peak
load when the characteristic fibre orientation was perpendicular to the axis of the load.
However, the failure mode was always rigid in the case of concrete composition FRC-2
applying higher cement content. Typical diagonal failure was observed by the prisms
(240100100 mm, Photo 2.3) and the cylinders (=70 mm, =100 mm, Photo 2.4).
Table 2.8: Concrete compressive strength measured on 240100100 mm prisms
No
.
Notation
of mix
FRC-1 75ZP 305 I
FRC-1 75ZP 305 II
FRC-1 150ZP 305 I
FRC-1 150ZP 305 II
FRC-2 75ZP 305 I
FRC-2 75ZP 305 II
FRC-2 150ZP 305 I
FRC-2 150ZP 305 II
C1
Notation of specimens
Concrete strength [MPa]
C2
C3
C4
C5
C6
39.78
36.66
35.99
31.23
37.50
46.19
36.38
37.39
33.30
50.03
45.36
38.22
30.97
32.23
42.73
45.00
44.96
32.91
31.08
47.89
38.97
31.04
35.49
31.89
43.84
33.20
33.34
34.67
42.14
41.42
36.77
34.55
32.40
44.02
40.12
38.60
47.87
48.40
44.75
44.56
44.05
37.70
38.87
36.68
38.00
39.09
37.29
37.94
38.00
35.36
32.09
35.68
37.10
35.65
28
28
28
28
28
39.10
33.48
36.29
44.04
28
28
36.80
40.42
28
Notation
of mix
REF-3
FRC-3 0.5ZC 30/.5
FRC-3 1.0ZC 30/.5
REF-4
FRC-4 0.5ZC 30/.5
FRC-4 1.0ZC 30/.5
FRC-4 0.5D&D ~30/.5
FRC-4 1.0D&D ~30/.5
C1
37.80
38.40
39.60
36.00
42.40
42.70
47.80
43.80
Notation of specimen
Concrete strength [MPa]
C2
C3
C4
C5
34.10
40.00
37.90
44.40
44.40
42.00
51.60
47.30
36.30
41.10
38.70
48.20
43.10
44.90
48.90
47.60
38.40
38.90
38.90
45.10
43.10
48.40
-
39.60
38.00
37.60
39.60
44.90
47.60
-
Mean
C6
[MPa]
39.30
42.70
-
37.58
39.85
38.55
42.70
43.60
43.20
48.80
47.16
Age
(day)
28
28
28
63
63
63
63
63
Chapter 2
Notation
of mix
Notation of specimen
250100100 mm prism
Concrete strength
[MPa]
C1
26.99
25.35
26.10
23.94
43.74
Mean
(I, II)
Age
(day)
[MPa]
[MPa]
26.17
25.02
41.50
39.25
37.83
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
34.75
31.67
28
Notation
of mix
REF-4
FRC-4 0.5ZC 30/.5
FRC-4 1.0ZC 30/.5
FRC-4 0.5D&D ~30/.5
FRC-4 1.0D&D ~30/.5
Notation of specimen
=150 mm, =300 mm cylinder
Concrete strength
[MPa]
C1
C2
C3
36.60
38.50
36.80
48.10
44.70
38.50
36.20
37.10
46.50
44.70
36.40
43.00
41.00
47.00
45.30
Mean
Age
(day)
[MPa]
[MPa]
37.20
39.20
38.30
47.20
44.90
52
52
52
52
52
Chapter 2
60
50
40
41.42
44.02
36.77
44.05
37.94
34.55
32.40
35.65
30
20
10
0
Chapter 2
50
40
44.04
39.10
30
20
10
0
FRC-1
75kg/m3
ZP 305-I
FRC-1
FRC-1
FRC-1
FRC-2
75kg/m3 150kg/m3 150kg/m3 75kg/m3
ZP 305-II ZP 305-I ZP 305-II ZP 305-I
FRC-1 75kg/m3
ZP 305
FRC-2
FRC-2
FRC-2
75kg/m3 150kg/m3 150kg/m3
ZP 305-II ZP 305-I ZP 305-II
FRC-1 150kg/m3
ZP 305
a)
39.25
37.83
31.67
26.99
25.35
26.10
23.94
20
10
43.74
40
50
41.50
40
30
34.75
26.17
25.02
FRC-1 75kg/m3
ZP 305
FRC-1 150kg/m3
ZP 305
20
10
0
FRC-1
FRC-1
FRC-1
FRC-1
FRC-2
FRC-2
FRC-2
FRC-2
75kg/m3 75kg/m3 150kg/m3 150kg/m3 75kg/m3 75kg/m3 150kg/m3 150kg/m3
ZP 305-I ZP 305-II ZP 305-I ZP 305-II ZP 305-I ZP 305-II ZP 305-I ZP 305-II
c)
37.58
39.85
38.55
42.70
43.60
43.20
47.16
30
20
10
REF-3
FRC-3
0.5 V%
ZC 30/.5
FRC-3
1.0 V%
ZC 30/.5
REF-4
e)
FRC-4
0.5 V%
ZC 30/.5
FRC-4
FRC-4
FRC-4
1.0 V%
0.5 V%
1.0 V%
ZC 30/.5 D&D 30/.5 D&D 30/.5
FRC-2 150kg/m3
ZP 305
60
48.80
50
FRC-2 75kg/m3
ZP 305
d)
60
40
FRC-2 150kg/m3
ZP 305
60
50
FRC-2 75kg/m3
ZP 305
b)
60
30
36.79
33.48
47.20
50
40
37.20
39.20
38.30
FRC-4 0.5 V%
ZC 30/.5
FRC-4 1.0 V%
ZC 30/.5
44.90
30
20
10
0
REF-4
FRC-4 0.5 V%
D&D 30/.5
FRC-4 1.0 V%
D&D 30/.5
f)
Figure 2.2: Concrete compressive strength results. Horizontal and vertical strips
indicate the characteristic fibre orientations I and II, respectively. In case of horizontal
strips the load was perpendicular; however, in case of vertical strips the load was
parallel to the characteristic fibre orientation.
a) Compressive strength measured on 240100100 mm prism. Each column represents the mean
volume of 6 specimens (Calculated 28 day strength according to Weber (1979)).
b) Concrete compressive strength measured on 240100100 mm prism. Each column represents the
mean volume of 12 specimens (Calculated 28 day strength by Weber (1979)).
c) Concrete compressive strength measured on =70 mm, =100 mm cylinder. Each column represents 1
specimens (Calculated 28 day strength by Weber).
d) Concrete compressive strength measured on =70 mm, =100 mm cylinder. Each column represents
the mean volume of 2 specimens (Calculated 28 day strength by Weber (1979)).
e) Concrete compressive strength measured on 150150150 mm cube. Each column represents the
mean volume of 5 specimens (63 day strength).
f) Concrete compressive strength measured on =150 mm, =300 mm cylinder. Each column represents
the mean volume of 3 specimens (52 day strength).
Chapter 2
FRC-1
c = 330 kg/m3
45
FRC-2 75 ZP 305
40
FRC-3
FRC-1 75 ZP 305
35
1.0
ZC 30/.5
REF-4
FRC-2 150 ZP
REF-3
FRC-2 75 ZP 305
FRC-2 150 ZP 305
FRC-1 75 ZP 305
30
25
FRC-3, FRC-4
c = 460 kg/m3
FRC-2
c = 500 kg/m3
20
300
350
400
450
500
550
50
FRC-2 75 ZP 305
45
40
FRC-2 75 ZP 305
35
FRC-1
w/c = 0.512
REF-4
FRC-1 75 ZP 305
REF-3
FRC-1 75 ZP 305
30
25
20
0.30
FRC-2
w/c = 0.372
FRC-3, FRC-4
w/c = 0.478
0.35
0.40
0.45
0.50
0.55
0.60
FRC-4
FRC-3
FRC-4
45
40
35
REF-4
FRC-4
REF-3
FRC-3
FRC-2
FRC-2
FRC-1
75 kg/m3 ~ 1 V%
30
150 kg/m3 ~ 2 V%
FRC-1
25
20
0
20
40
1 V% ~ 78.6 kg/m3
60
80
100
3
Fibre content, [kg/m ]
120
140
160
40
Compressive stress,
REF-3
50
30
150
20
10
0
0
60
REF-4
50
40
30
150
20
150
[MPa]
60
150
Compressice stress,
[MPa]
Chapter 2
10
0
10
40
Compressive stress,
50
30
150
20
10
0
0
60
40
0
1
10
150
10
0
1
60
10
50
40
30
150
20
10
0
10
10
50
40
30
150
20
150
10
0
0
10
50
40
30
150
20
150
150
[MPa]
150
20
10
20
Compressive stress,
30
150
40
30
10
50
50
150
[MPa]
60
150
Compressive stress,
[MPa]
10
0
0
10
Chapter 2
Due to the fibre addition to REF-3 and REF-4, the compressive strain measured
at peak load increased and resulted in a less steep and reasonably flat descending branch
as shown in Figure 2.4. Fibre addition to plain concrete significantly increased the
ultimate compressive strain. 1.0 V% Dramix ZC 30/.5 hooked-end steel fibre in
concrete mix FRC-3 was sufficient to produce a reasonably flat descending branch of
stress-strain diagram.
One of the other main parameters in design of concrete structures is the elastic
modulus of concrete. Drop of the elastic modulus could be observed applying both by
Dramix ZC 30/.5 hooked-end and by D&D 30/.5 crimped steel fibre (Figure 2.4).
However, the descending tendency in the elastic modulus was proportional to the
applied fibre content.
+16
+11
+17
+3
-3
+1
-4
-4
+6
+2
+14
+7
+9
Erdlyi (1993)
2.75
+3
+1
+10
+23
+31
Chapter 2
Table 2.13: Effect of steel fibre on the increment of concrete compressive strength
determined on standard cylinder specimens and published by different authors in the
last three decades
Increment in compressive strength measured on =150 mm, =300 mm cylinders cubes
related to the each reference mixes
Fibre content in V%
Authors
0.4 0.5
0.65
0.7 0.75
0.8
1
1.5
2
2.75
+20
+24
+24
Mansur &
-15
Paramasivam (1986)
+38
-2
-12
+7
+15
+8
+5
+26
+11
+9
-28
+17
+31
+12
+11
-11
+5
+27
+13
+21
Chapter 2
30
20
10
-10
-20
-30
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
Fibre content [V%]
2.0
2.5
3.0
Erdlyi (1993) f / f = 40
Erdlyi (1993) f / f = 60
FRC-3ZC 30/.5
FRC-4ZC 30/.5
FRC-4D&D 30/.5
Craig & Parr & Germain & Mosquera & Kamilares (1986) f / f = 60
Craig & Parr & Germain & Mosquera & Kamilares (1986) f / f = 100
FRC-4ZC 30/.5
FRC-4D&D 30/.5
Figure 2.5: Concrete compressive strength increments as a function of the steel fibre
content based on the research work of different authors and the results of the presented
study. Continuous lines indicate present, dotted lines and single notations indicate other
test results, respectively.
Chapter 2
Effect of fibre content, fibre orientation and concrete composition were studied
by measuring splitting strengths on steel fibre reinforced concrete specimens.
Higher splitting strengths were obtained by the use of 75 kg/m3 Dramix ZP 305
hooked-end steel fibres then applying 150 kg/m3 Dramix ZP 305 hooked-end steel
fibres considering the same concrete mixes, as shown in Figures 2.7/a and b.
Generally, higher splitting strength was obtained when the characteristic fibre
orientation was parallel to the splitting tensile stress, independently from the applied
steel fibre contents and the concrete compositions summarised in Figure 2.7/a, b, c and
d.
Higher splitting strength was obtained for beams made of concrete mixes FRC-2
related to beams made of mixes FRC-1 including 75 kg/m3 Dramix ZP 305 or
150 kg/m3 Dramix ZP 305 hooked-end steel fibre as can be seen in Figures 2.8/c and
d.
Effect of location of beam specimens (B-a, B-b and B-c) cut out of the original
large specimens (B) was also observed on the splitting strength. Splitting strength
slightly increased approaching the boundary of original large specimens independently
from the experimental parameters (type of mixture, fibre content, characteristic fibre
orientation) as shown in Figures 2.8/e, f, g and h.
As discussed in the previous sections, homogenous mixes were obtained after
mixing without any balling effect but fibres were oriented during casting. Consequently,
even though that the concrete composition was homogenous during mixing,
inhomogeneity occurred due to the oriented steel fibres. More fibres situated at the
boundary of formworks, and a little higher splitting strength occurred in beams noted by
B-a related to beams noted by B-b and B-c.
Significant effect of fibre content was observed on cylinder splitting strength
considering concrete mixes FRC-3 and FRC-4 as shown in Figure 2.9 and summarised
in Table 2.16. Applying the same fibre content D&D ~ 30/.5 crimped steel fibres
resulted higher splitting strength than Dramix ZC 30/.5 hooked-end steel fibres for
concrete mix FRC-3 (Figure 2.9/a). However, application of Dramix ZC 30/.5 hookedend steel fibres in concrete mix FRC-4 caused a slightly higher splitting strength than
that of in the concrete mix FRC-3. As diagram in Figure 2.9/d indicates, addition of
steel fibres to plain concrete was very effective to improve cylinder splitting strength.
Active head
S4
S1
S2
S3
Splitted cross-sections
85
Beam
Passive head
85
85
85
80
Figure 2.6: Test set-up for indirect tensile strength measured on steel fibre reinforced
concrete beams made of FRC-1 and FRC-2 mixes
Chapter 2
Chapter 2
Table 2.14: Splitting strength results for concrete compositions FRC-1, FRC-2, REF-3,
FRC-3, REF-4 and FRC-4. In the case of FRC-1 and FRC-2 four tests were carried out
on each specimens noted by S1-S4. In the other cases number of splitting strength
results represent the number of cylinder tests in the corresponding line.
No.
Notation of mix
REF-3
FRC-3 0.5ZC 30/.5
FRC-3 1.0ZC 30/.5
REF-4
FRC-4 0.5ZC 30/.5
FRC-4 1.0ZC 30/.5
FRC-4 0.5D&D ~30/.5
FRC-4 1.0D&D ~30/.5
Notation
of beam
Ba
Bb
Bc
Ba
Bb
Bc
Ba
Bb
Bc
Ba
Bb
Bc
Ba
Bb
Bc
Ba
Bb
Bc
Ba
Bb
Bc
Ba
Bb
Bc
-
S1
3.30
3.51
3.92
5.17
3.82
3.85
3.83
2.44
2.11
2.62
2.57
2.31
3.63
4.25
4.31
4.69
3.85
3.86
2.85
2.73
3.39
3.74
2.42
1.47
2.50
3.61
1.57
2.97
3.48
2.91
4.92
Splitting strength
[MPa]
S2
S3
4.69
3.74
3.82
4.75
4.21
4.43
5.59
3.39
4.68
3.71
3.20
3.82
3.29
3.56
2.67
2.52
2.77
2.68
2.45
3.28
2.27
1.41
2.37
1.93
5.42
5.90
4.36
5.07
5.53
4.37
4.70
4.57
3.73
3.32
3.26
3.65
3.98
4.79
3.06
3.34
3.02
2.92
3.58
2.75
2.11
2.83
2.36
1.60
1.67
2.73
3.65
1.66
1.57
2.72
2.50
4.03
3.58
2.62
2.90
3.75
3.72
Mean
S4
4.96
4.98
3.04
3.68
5.04
4.32
4.05
2.69
3.16
1.80
4.13
5.10
3.89
4.66
3.23
4.12
4.54
3.85
2.98
5.04
1.88
-
Mean
Mean
Splitting tensile strength overestimates the real tensile strength of steel fibre
reinforced concrete calculated from the compressive strength of concrete according to
many recommendations and standards. However, splitting tensile strength of steel fibre
reinforced concrete can be an important parameter in shear design. Based on the
experimental results of compressive and splitting tests, splitting tensile strength vs.
compressive strength relationships were developed as a function of steel fibre content.
Chapter 2
FRC-1
I.
6
5
4.46
II.
4.27
4.46
3.90
4.31
3.80
3
2
10
FRC-1
I.
II.
6
5
4
3.63
FRC-1
FRC-1
FRC-1
FRC-1
FRC-1
FRC-1
75kg/m3
75kg/m3
75kg/m3
75kg/m3
75kg/m3
75kg/m3
ZP305-I-Ba ZP305-I-Bb ZP305-I-Bc ZP305-II-Ba ZP305-II-Bb ZP305-II-Bc
FRC-1
FRC-1
FRC-1
FRC-1
FRC-1
FRC-1
150kg/m3
150kg/m3
150kg/m3
150kg/m3
150kg/m3
150kg/m3
ZP305-I-Ba ZP305-I-Bb ZP305-I-Bc ZP305-II-Ba ZP305-II-Bb ZP305-II-Bc
a)
b)
10
FRC-2
I.
5.15
II.
4.54
4.56
4.51
3.74
3.72
3
2
10
FRC-2
I.
6
5
II.
4.44
3.69
3.27
2.91
1.59
0
FRC-2
FRC-2
FRC-2
FRC-2
FRC-2
FRC-2
75kg/m3
75kg/m3
75kg/m3
75kg/m3
75kg/m3
75kg/m3
ZP305-I-Ba ZP305-I-Bb ZP305-I-Bc ZP305-II-Ba ZP305-II-Bb ZP305-II-Bc
FRC-2
FRC-2
FRC-2
FRC-2
FRC-2
FRC-2
150kg/m3
150kg/m3
150kg/m3
150kg/m3
150kg/m3
150kg/m3
ZP305-I-Ba ZP305-I-Bb ZP305-I-Bc ZP305-II-Ba ZP305-II-Bb ZP305-II-Bc
c)
10
FRC-1
FRC-2
I.
6
4.46
5.15
4.27
3.90
4.54
4.51
3
2
FRC-1
FRC-2
I.
6
4.44
5
4
3.63
2.58
2.91
2
0
0
FRC-1
FRC-1
FRC-1
75kg/m3
75kg/m3
75kg/m3
ZP305-I-Ba ZP305-I-Bb ZP305-I-Bc
FRC-2
FRC-2
75kg/m3
75kg/m3
ZP305-I-Ba ZP305-I-Bb
FRC-1
FRC-1
FRC-1
FRC-2
FRC-2
FRC-2
150kg/m3 150kg/m3 150kg/m3 150kg/m3 150kg/m3 150kg/m3
ZP305-I-Ba ZP305-I-Bb ZP305-I-Bc ZP305-I-Ba ZP305-I-Bb ZP305-I-Bc
FRC-2
75kg/m3
ZP305-I-Bc
e)
10
f)
10
FRC-1
II.
6
4.46
4.31
4.56
3.80
3.74
3.72
3
2
1
FRC-2
9
Splitting strength, fsp [MPa]
3.27
2.68
9
Splitting strength, fsp [MPa]
d)
10
2.64
2
1
1.65
2.01
2
1
2.79
2.68
2.58
FRC-1
FRC-2
II.
6
5
4
3
2
3.69
2.79
2.64
2.01
1.65
1.59
0
FRC-1
FRC-1
FRC-1
FRC-2
FRC-2
FRC-2
75kg/m3
75kg/m3
75kg/m3
75kg/m3
75kg/m3
75kg/m3
ZP305-II-Ba ZP305-II-Bb ZP305-II-Bc ZP305-II-Ba ZP305-II-Bb ZP305-II-Bc
g)
FRC-1
FRC-1
FRC-1
FRC-2
FRC-2
FRC-2
150kg/m3
150kg/m3
150kg/m3
150kg/m3
150kg/m3
150kg/m3
ZP305-II-Ba ZP305-II-Bb ZP305-II-Bc ZP305-II-Ba ZP305-II-Bb ZP305-II-Bc
h)
Figure 2.7: Splitting tensile test results for concrete mixes FRC-1 and FRC-2
Each column represents the mean of four results (from S1 to S4 )
a) Effect of fibre orientation FRC-1 75ZP 305 b) Effect of fibre orientation FRC-1 150ZP 305
c) Effect of fibre orientation FRC-I1 75ZP 305 d) Effect of fibre orientation FRC-I1 150ZP 305
e) Effect of concrete type on MIX 75ZP 305-I f) Effect of concrete type on MIX 150ZP 305-I
g) Effect of concrete type on MIX 75ZP 305-II h) Effect of concrete type on MIX 150ZP 305-II
Chapter 2
10
10
FRC-1
8
7
I.
II.
4.21
4.19
FRC-2
9
3
II.
2.96
2.15
2
1
I.
4.73
6
5
II.
2.64
a)
b)
10
FRC-1
8
I.
II.
I.
II.
6
4.21
4.73
4.19
4.01
3
2
1
FRC-1
8
7
II.
FRC-1 75kg/m3
ZP305-II
FRC-2 75kg/m3
ZP305-I
5
4
3.54
2.96
3
2
d)
10
FRC-1
3
I.
II.
4.46 4.27
4.46 4.31
3.90
II.
3.80 3.63
2.58 2.68 2.79
FRC-2
9
3
2.01
1.65
7
6
I.
5.15
II.
FRC-1
FRC-1
FRC-1
FRC-1
75kg/m3
75kg/m3
75kg/m3
75kg/m3
ZP305-I-Ba ZP305-I-Bb ZP305-I-Bc ZP305-IIBa
FRC-1
75kg/m3
ZP305-IIBb
3.27
II.
3.69
2.91
2.64
1.59
2
0
FRC-1
FRC-1
FRC-1
FRC-1
FRC-1
FRC-1
FRC-1
75kg/m3 150kg/m3- 150kg/m3- 150kg/m3- 150kg/m3- 150kg/m3- 150kg/m3ZP305-II- ZP305-I-Ba ZP305-I-Bb ZP305-I-Bc ZP305-II- ZP305-II- ZP305-IIBc
Ba
Bb
Bc
FRC-2
FRC-2
FRC-2
FRC-2
75kg/m3
75kg/m3
75kg/m3
75kg/m3
ZP305-I-Ba ZP305-I-Bb ZP305-I-Bc ZP305-IIBa
I.
II.
I.
6
4.46 4.27
3.90
4.46 4.31
5.15
3.80
FRC-2
FRC-2
FRC-2
FRC-2
FRC-2
FRC-2
FRC-2
75kg/m3 150kg/m3- 150kg/m3- 150kg/m3- 150kg/m3- 150kg/m3- 150kg/m3ZP305-II- ZP305-I-Ba ZP305-I-Bb ZP305-I-Bc ZP305-II- ZP305-II- ZP305-IIBc
Ba
Bb
Bc
II.
3
2
1
FRC-2
FRC-1
FRC-2
75kg/m3
ZP305-IIBb
f)
10
9
Splitting strength, fsp [MPa]
I.
4.44
3.74 3.72
e)
10
2.64
2.15
c)
II.
FRC-2 75kg/m3
ZP305-II
10
I.
0
FRC-1 75kg/m3
ZP305-I
FRC-2
I.
FRC-2
3.54
10
II.
I.
4.01
FRC-1
8
7
I.
FRC-2
II.
I.
II.
6
5
4
3
4.44
3.63
2.58 2.68 2.79
3.27
2.01
3.69
2.91
2.64
1.65
1.59
1
FRC-1
FRC-1
FRC-1
FRC-1
FRC-1
FRC-1
FRC-2
FRC-2
FRC-2
FRC-2
FRC-2
FRC-2
75kg/m3 75kg/m3 75kg/m3 75kg/m3 75kg/m3 75kg/m3 75kg/m3 75kg/m3 75kg/m3 75kg/m3 75kg/m3 75kg/m3
ZP305-I- ZP305-I- ZP305-I- ZP305-II- ZP305-II- ZP305-II- ZP305-I- ZP305-I- ZP305-I- ZP305-II- ZP305-II- ZP305-IIBa
Bb
Bc
Ba
Bb
Bc
Ba
Bb
Bc
Ba
Bb
Bc
g)
FRC-1
FRC-1
FRC-1
FRC-1
150kg/m3 150kg/m3 150kg/m3 150kg/m3
ZP305-I-Ba ZP305-I-Bb ZP305-I-Bc ZP305-IIBa
FRC-1
150kg/m3
ZP305-IIBb
FRC-1
FRC-2
FRC-2
FRC-2
FRC-2
150kg/m3 150kg/m3 150kg/m3 150kg/m3 150kg/m3
ZP305-II- ZP305-I-Ba ZP305-I-Bb ZP305-I-Bc ZP305-IIBc
Ba
FRC-2
150kg/m3
ZP305-IIBb
FRC-2
150kg/m3
ZP305-IIBc
h)
Figure 2.8: Indirect tensile test results considering FRC-1 and FRC-2
a) Effect of fibre content and fibre orientation considering concrete type FRC-1 (mean of 12 measures)
b) Effect of fibre content and fibre orientation considering concrete type FRC-2 (mean of 12 measures)
c) Effect of concrete type and fibre orientation considering 75 kg/m3 ZP 305 fibre content
d) Effect of concrete type and fibre orientation considering 150 kg/m3 ZP 305 fibre content
e) Effect of beam position in the formwork considering concrete type FRC-1(mean of 4 measures)
f) Effect of beam position in the formwork considering concrete type FRC-2 (mean of 4 measures)
g) Effect of beam position in the formwork considering 75 kg/m3 ZP 305 fibre content
h) Effect of beam position in the formwork considering 150 kg/m3 ZP 305 fibre content
Chapter 2
10
REF-3
FRC-3
0.5 V%
D&D ~30/.5
1.0 V%
0.5 V%
1.0 V%
4.92
5
4
3
2
3.65
3.61
2.73
2.50
1.67
1.47
REF-4
Dramix ZC 30/.5
3.72
3.75
2.91 2.9
2.62
Dramix ZC 30/.5
0.5 V%
6
5
4
2.97 2.72
2.5
REF-3
FRC-3 0.5V%
FRC-3 1.0V%
Dramix ZC 30/.5 Dramix ZC 30/.5
FRC-3 0.5V%
D&D ~30/.5
REF-4
a)
3.58
b)
200
REF-3
FRC-3
REF-4
Dramix ZC
30/.5
Dramix ZC 30/.5
D&D ~30/.5
6
5
4.13
3.63
4
2.62
FRC-4
3.7
2.81
2.73
1.6
1.57
1
REF-3
FRC-3
0.5V%
Dramix ZC
30/.5
FRC-3
FRC-3
FRC-3
1.0V%
0.5V% D&D 1.0V% D&D
Dramix ZC
~30/.5
~30/.5
30/.5
c)
REF-4
FRC-4
0.5V%
Dramix ZC
30/.5
FRC-4
1.0V%
DramixZC
30/.5
4.03
FRC-3 1.0V%
D&D ~30/.5
10
3.48
1.0 V%
FRC-4
180
163
160
140
120
100
REF-3
REF-4
80
60
131
79
71
67
40
20
0
0
0.5
Fibre content in V%
d)
a) Measured cylinder splitting strength for concrete compositions REF-3 and FRC-3
b) Measured cylinder splitting strength for concrete compositions REF-4 and FRC-4
c) Mean cylinder splitting strength for concrete compositions REF-3, FRC-3, REF-4 and FRC-4
d) Increment in splitting strength in % for concrete compositions REF-3, FRC-3, REF-4 and FRC-4
Chapter 2
6
5
FRC-2 75 ZP 305
FRC-1 75 ZP 305
FRC-1
c = 330 kg/m3
w/c = 0.512
FRC-3, FRC-4
c = 460 kg/m3
w/c = 0.478
FRC-2
c = 500 kg/m3
w/c = 0.372
0
300
350
400
450
500
550
a) Effect of cement content on the splitting strength (continuous lines indicate the same
fibre contents)
6
5
FRC-2
75
FRC-1
ZP 305
FRC-4
FRC-2
150
1.0
ZC 30/.5
ZP 305
FRC-4
FRC-1
c = 330 kg/m3
w/c = 0.512
0
0.30
1.0
FRC-3
1.0
75
ZP 305
D&D ~30/.5
ZC 30/.5
0.5
0.5
ZC 30/.5
2
1
FRC-3
0.35
FRC-3, FRC-4
c = 460 kg/m3
w/c = 0.478
0.40
c = 500 kg/m3
w/c = 0.372
0.45
0.50
0.55
0.60
b) Effect of water to cement ratio on the splitting strength continuous lines indicate the
same fibre contents)
6
FRC-1
5
FRC-3
1.0
75
FRC-2
ZP 305
75
ZP 305
D&D ~30/.5
FRC-1
150
FRC-2
150
ZP 305
ZP 305
1.0
FRC-4 ZC 30/.5
1.0
FRC-3 ZC 30/.5
3
FRC-3
0.5
D&D ~30/.5
0.5
REF-4
REF-3
FRC-4 ZC 30/.5
0.5
FRC-3 ZC 30/.5
75 kg/m3 ~ 1 V%
150 kg/m3 ~ 2 V%
1 V% ~ 78.6 kg/m3
0
0
10 20 30 40
50 60
70
c) Effect of fibre content on the splitting strength, continuous lines indicate the same
concrete compositions
Figure 2.10: Splitting strength of concrete compositions FRC-1, FRC-2, REF-3, FRC-3,
REF-4 and FRC-4 as a function of cement content, water to cement ratio and
fibre content
Chapter 2
Table 2.11: Effect of steel fibres on the increment of concrete splitting strength
determined and published by different authors
Increment in cylinder splitting strength [%]
Fibre content, V%
Authors
0.25 0.5
0.96
1.0
1.5
2.0
+97
+62
Hughe & Fattuhi (1977)
+61
+13
+32
+56
+19
+38
Ghalib &Mudhafar (1980)
+52
+79
+28
+59
Sanat & Nyogi &
+29
Dwarkaranathan (1985)
+36
+86
Sharma (1986)
+67
+84
Narayanan &Darwish (1987) +22 +28
+61
+93
+116
Narayanan & Darwish (1987) +19 +29
+47
Narayanan & Kareem-P.
+25
(1986)
Victor & Ward & Hanza
+82
(1992) A
+55
+86
+48
+24
+52
Victor & Ward & Hanza
+10
(1992) B
+34
+66
+48
+93
+10
Victor & Ward & Hanza
+73
(1992) C
+77
Faisal & Wafa & Hasnat &
+34
+70
+94
+118
Tarabolsi (1992)
FRC-3ZC 30/.5
+67
+131
FRC-3D&D 30/.5
+79
+163
FRC-4ZC 30/.5
+71
+131
2.5
3.0
+55
+71
+132
+46
+154
Chapter 2
180
160
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
0
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
Fibre content [V%]
2.5
FRC-3D&D 30/.5
FRC-4ZC 30/.5
3.0
Figure 2.12: Cylinder splitting strength increments as a function of steel fibre content
based on research works of different authors and results of the present studies
Chapter 2
Overall 24 steel fibre reinforced concrete notched beams with the geometry of
8208580 mm were tested in four-point bending over a simply supported span of 765
mm. Shear span to depth ratio was 3. Generally, 100100350 mm or 150150600
mm beams are tested. Beam geometry and testing procedure were developed in order to
achieve real beam behaviour in bending despite of standard specimens where the shear
span to depth ratio is generally around 1 (350100100 mm or 600150150 mm)
[Balaguru & Shah (1992)].
Beams were sawn out from a concrete slab element (82063080 mm,
formwork B). Notches were performed after sawing of beams at the mid-section of
beam with the geometry of 55 mm (5 mm depth and 5 mm width).
The force was applied by a displacement controlled Instron type testing machine
with the capacity of 500 kN. Displacements were controlled by two LVDTs placed on
both sides of the beams as shown in Figure 2.13 and in Photo 2.5. Girder elements of
LVDSs were placed by two steel plates glued on both side of the beam at the section of
the support. One side of measuring system was performed to be a fix; the other was a
frictional support as shown in Photo 2.5. Loading rate was 0.2 mm/min. according to
the ASTM and JSCE recommendations.
Due to the inaccuracy of specimen casting and sawing, geometries of beams
were slightly different. Effective bending stresses at the mid-section was calculated
from the applied load and the measured geometry of the cross section of beams.
Bending stress vs. mid-point deflection relationships measured in four point bending
summarised in Figure 2.14. First and second columns indicate characteristic fibre
directions parallel or perpendicular to the axes of beams, respectively.
Each diagram includes three beams denoted by B-a, B-b and B-c. First character
in notation ddenotes the beam specimens, second character denotes the original position
of the beam in the formwork.
Instron
LVDS
85
LVDS
255
255
765
255
80
Figure 2.13: Test set-up and test arrangement for bending test of steel fibre reinforced
concrete beams
Chapter 2
Load-cell
INSTRON testing
Active cross-head
LVDT
LVDT
LVDT
Steel girder
support
SFRC beams
Notch
Frictional support of
LVDT
Steel support
Aluminium
plates
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Ba
Chapter 2
Bb
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
10
Bb
Ba
Bb
Bc
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
10
Bc
10
10
Ba
Bb
0
Bb
1
10
Bc
Bc
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
10
Ba
Bb
Ba
Bb
Ba
10
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Ba
Bb
Figure 2.14: Bending stress vs. mid-point deflection relationships for steel fibre
reinforced concrete beams
10
Chapter 2
Fibre
orientation
I.
FRC-175ZP 305
II.
I.
FRC-1150ZP 305
II.
I.
75
FRC-2
ZP 305
II.
I.
FRC-2150ZP 305
II.
Beam
Ba
Bb
Bc
Ba
Bb
Bc
Ba
Bb
Bc
Ba
Bb
Bc
Ba
Bb
Bc
Ba
Bb
Bc
Ba
Bb
Bc
Ba
Bb
Bc
Toughness
indexes
I5
5.18
4.66
5.17
2.72
4.24
3.95
4.40
5.19
4.81
3.92
4.32
3.58
3.99
2.82
4.89
5.44
5.10
3.43
3.45
Residual strength
factor
I10
I20
I30
R5,10
10.66
20.25
28.67 109.57
9.55
17.86
24.81
97.76
Beam cracked before testing
11.30
21.93
28.66 122.52
4.82
7.15
9.29
42.12
Beam cracked before testing
8.11
7.08
8.61
14.43
84.17
12.00
27.60
43.85 136.15
9.05
14.53
18.09
84.65
6.77
11.23
14.64
57.06
Beam cracked before testing
8.16
14.92
20.17
76.71
6.02
9.37
11.21
48.82
6.51
10.72
14.26
50.49
3.89
5.74
7.43
21.54
Beam cracked before testing
10.63
22.93
34.82 114.79
11.60
24.07
35.10 123.23
10.57
20.25
28.46 109.46
6.17
11.45
16.10
54.71
4.40
6.08
7.66
18.90
Beam cracked before testing
R10,20
95.93
83.14
Flexural
toughness
factor
FT
106.32
23.29
58.17
156.03
54.86
44.62
67.68
33.48
42.09
18.50
122.93
124.70
96.85
52.79
16.83
Table 2.17: Flexural toughness properties of steel fibre reinforced concrete (PCS)
according to Banthia and Trottier (1995)
Concrete
mix
FRC-175ZP 305
FRC-1150ZP 305
FRC-275ZP 305
FRC-2150ZP 305
Fibre
Beam
orientation
3000
Ba
I.
Bb
4.63
Bc
Ba
12.19
II.
Bb
3.14
Bc
Ba
I.
Bb
Bc
Ba
II.
Bb
1.49
Bc
Ba
I.
Bb
Bc
Ba
II.
Bb
Bc
Ba
I.
Bb
Bc
Ba
1.87
II.
Bb
Bc
-
1500
3.77
4.20
9.64
1.99
1.34
22.70
4.74
21.65
5.87
1.53
-
200
2.39
4.04
4.02
3.67
3.57
5.98
0.81
0.47
9.12
2.66
12.31
3.63
2.89
3.41
2.78
1.21
0.58
-
150
3.64
3.45
3.28
4.32
0.72
0.40
10.60
2.35
3.13
2.55
1.14
0.53
-
Chapter 2
2.5 Conclusions
Compressive behaviour
1.
2.
3.
4.
Chapter 2
6.
7.
Toughness properties
8.
Chapter 3
Modelling of fibre reinforced materials in uniaxial tension
Chapter 3
Modelling of fibre reinforced materials
in tension
Mechanical modelling of the uniaxial behaviour of fibre reinforced materials is
discussed in this Chapter. A one-dimensional elastic-plastic material model has
been developed for fibre reinforced materials taking into consideration plastic
matrix-fibre coupling for the irreversible deformations of the matrix and the fibres.
Due to the simplicity and clear physical significance of the basic mechanical model
which takes into consideration elastic-brittle matrix and elastic-perfectly plastic
fibre reinforcement behaviour, the model is extended with residual strength of the
constituents and hardening or softening phenomena as well.
Keywords: material model, mechanical model, fibre reinforced material, constituents
m and f are the resulting stresses of matrix and the fibre reinforcement
devices, respectively. The overall stress ( ) is provided by the sum of m and f
(Figure 3.2):
71
Chapter 3
Modelling of fibre reinforced materials in uniaxial tension
= m + f = (C m + C f ) C m mp C f fp
m = C m (
f = C f (
p
m
p
f
) M (
) + M (
p
m
p
f
p
m
p
f
(3.1)
)
)
(3.2)
(3.3)
All quantities are introduced at the macroscopic level of the fibre reinforced material
(i.e., typical scale of laboratory test specimen). For instance, the irreversible fibre
reinforcement deformation fp is a macroscopic quantity, which accounts for different
mechanisms at the microscopic level of the composite, such as debonding, fibre pullout, localized fibre yielding, etc.
The constituent stresses ( m for the matrix and f for the fibre reinforcement)
are constrained by the yield function. However, m and f are the partial stresses of
the fibre reinforced material that can be calculated from the elastic-plastic solution
satisfying the corresponding yield criteria:
f m ( m ) 0 ,
where f m ( m ) and f f ( f
f f ( f ) 0
(3.4)
f m ( m ) = m f t 0 ,
f f ( f ) = f f y 0
(3.5)
According to the relationships in Eq. (3.4) and Eq. (3.5) related to the constituents
(matrix and fibre reinforcement), the following yield criterion may be defined at the
level of the fibre reinforced material:
f m ( m ) = m f t 0 if Cm / C f > f t / f y
F ( f m , f f ) = max{f m ( m ), f f ( f )} =
(3.6)
f f ( f ) = f f y 0 if Cm / C f < f t / f y
Matrix device
m p
Cm
Cf
f p
ft
Coupling
device
Fibre device
fy
72
Chapter 3
Modelling of fibre reinforced materials in uniaxial tension
= m + f
Cm ( m p)
m p
m
ft
Cf ( f p)
M ( m p f p )
Cm
f
fy
f p
Cf
Figure 3.2: Force-flow in the mechanical model and material laws for the constituents
Considering the properties of the constituents, Eq. (3.6) defines the following
admissible state of stresses:In case of matrix cracking prior to fibre renforcement
yielding ( f t / f y < C m / C f ):
Elastic state in loading:
F ( f m , f f ) := max{f m ( m ), f f ( f )} < 0 , dF ( f m , f f ) > 0
Elastic state in unloading:
F ( f m , f f ) := max{f m ( m ), f f ( f )} 0 , dF ( f m , f f ) < 0
Matrix yielding and elastic fibre reinforcement:
f m ( m ) = df m ( m ) = 0 , f f ( f ) < 0 ,
df f ( f ) > 0
df m ( m ) > 0
73
Chapter 3
Modelling of fibre reinforced materials in uniaxial tension
Elastic
state
Elastic fibre
Plastic matrix
fy
Plastic
state
K1 = K0
(M = )
K2
K1 = Cfep
K1 = Cf
(M = 0)
K0
ft
Cm
Cf
1
(M = )
1
(M = 0)
Figure 3.3: Stress-strain relationships for fibre reinforced material considering elasticbrittle matrix and elastic-perfectly plastic fibre reinforcement behaviour, matrix
cracking prior to fibre reinforcement yielding
Elastic matrix
Plastic fibre
K1=K0
(M = )
Elastic
state
Plastic
state
K1=Cm
(M = 0)
ft
K0
fy
Cm
Cf
1 1 1
(M = ) (M = 0)
Figure 3.4: Stress-strain relationships for fibre reinforced material considering elasticbrittle matrix and elastic-perfectly plastic fibre reinforcement behaviour, fibre
reinforcement yielding prior to matrix cracking
74
Chapter 3
Modelling of fibre reinforced materials in uniaxial tension
The yielding function in Eq. (3.4), as well as the strength properties f t and f y must be
defined on the level of the fibre reinforced material. For instance, fibre reinforcement
yield strength f y is associated with the onset of irreversible fibre deformation at the
macroscopic scale of the fibre reinforced material, which comprises debonding, fibre
pull-out or localized fibre yielding, etc.
Finally, we should also consider the evolution laws both for the elastic brittle
matrix behaviour:
(3.7)
mp 0 m mp = 0 ,
and for the elastic-perfectly plastic fibre reinforcement (i.e., f f = df f = 0 ):
d fp = d f
f f
= d f sign ( f ) ,
f
f >0
.
f <0
(3.8)
function
(3.9)
F ( f m , f f ) = max{f m ( m , m ), f f ( f , f )} = f f = f + f f y 0
(3.10)
(3.11)
where f t and f y denote the residual strength of the matrix and of the fibre
reinforcement after matrix cracking and fibre fracture, respectively. Note that
75
Chapter 3
Modelling of fibre reinforced materials in uniaxial tension
m = mp m = H m mp
f = fp f = H f fp
(3.12)
An illustrative 1-D mechanical model for fibre reinforced material has been
considered above. Due to the simplicity of the mechanical model, different kinds of
matrix and fibre reinforcement behaviours can be considered. Several 1-D models are
summarised taking into consideration different constituent behaviours. Their
mechanical devices are presented here from Figure 3.6 to Figure 3.17 with the
illustration of the matrix and fibre reinforcement behaviour as well as their schematic
stress-strain relationships. Characteristic points and tangential relationships of the
stress-strain diagram of the fibre reinforced materials are also summarised here from
Table 3.2 to Table 3.8 containing the constituent stress-strain relationships. Parametric
study on stress-strain relationship related to these different mechanical models taking
into consideration their model parameters are also illustrated in Figure 3.7 to Figure
3.15.
Cm
m p
Cf
ft
Hm
ft
f p
fy
Hf
fy
Figure 3.5: Mechanical device for fibre reinforced material considering elastic-brittle
matrix and fibre reinforcement with hardening or softening behaviour
76
Chapter 3
Cm
Cm
m
p
ft
Cm
Cf
ft
Cf
f
M
Cf
ft
fy
fy
=0
fy
0 < <1
=1
a) Mechanical models
ft
ft
ft
fy
ft
Cm
Cm
ft = 0
Cf
Cm
0 < ft < ft
0
fy = fy
ft = ft
ft + f y
0 1
f
Cm
f
+
m0
m1
fy
+
K1
C ep
f
ft
Cf
K0
Cmep
1
m
K1
K0
Cm
ft + f y
ft
fy
Cf
f t / f y > Cm / C f
f t / f y < Cm / C f
c) Stress-strain relationships for fibre reinforced material and for the constituents
Figure 3.6: 1-D material model for fibre reinforce materials considering elastic-brittle
matrix behaviour with residual strength ( 0 f t ft ) and elastic-perfectly plastic fibre
reinforcement behaviour
Chapter 3
Table 3.1: 1-D material model for fibre reinforce materials considering elastic-brittle
matrix with residual strength and elastic-perfectly plastic fibre reinforcement behaviour
Matrix cracking prior to fibre reinforcement yielding
Strains
0 =
ft
Cm
1 =
fy
C
ep
f
+ ft
C ep
f Cf
C ep
f Cm
(1 ) f t
M
C ep
C
(
f
m +M)
Matrix stresses
m0 = f t
m0 = f t
m1 = f t
0f = f t
0f = f t + (1 )
1f = f y
M
Cm + M
0 = f t (1 + )
0 = f t 1 + (1 )
1 = f t + f y
Cm
Cm + M
Stiffness
K 0 = Cm + C f
K1 = C m + C f
Cm
Cm + M
C ep
f = Cf +
Cm M
Cm + M
K1 = C ep
f
K2 = 0
fy
1 =
Cf
ft
C ep C
+ f y m ep m
ep
Cm
Cm C f
Matrix stresses
m0 = f y
1m = f t
1m = f t
1f = f y
1 = f t + f y
1 = f t + f y
Stiffness
K 0 = Cm + C f
K1 = C m + C f
Cf
Cf + M
C mep = C m +
Cf M
Cf + M
K1 = C mep
K2 = 0
Cf
ft
fy
f t = f t
0 1
Cf
Cm
Cm
Cf
Chapter 3
Stress,
6
4
Cf = 10 GPa M = 1 GPa
ft = 10 MPa fy = 4 MPa = 0
2
0
0
0,0002
0,0004
0,0006
0,0008
[MPa]
[MPa]
10
8
150
Cm = 60 GPa
Cm = 50 GPa
Cm = 40 GPa
Cm = 30 GPa
12
100
Stress,
14
50
Cm = 40 GPa
Cm = 30 GPa
Cm = 20 GPa
Cm = 10 GPa
Cf = 100 GPa M = 10 GPa
ft = 40 MPa fy = 100 MPa = 1
0
0
0,001
0,001
Cm = 60 GPa M = 1 GPa
ft = 10 MPa fy = 4 MPa = 0
2
0
[MPa]
Cf = 20 GPa
Cf = 15 GPa
Cf = 10 GPa
Cf = 5 GPa
100
Stress,
[MPa]
Stress,
0,0002
0,0004
50
0,0006
0,0008
Cm = 20 GPa M = 20 GPa
ft = 40 MPa fy = 100 MPa = 1
0,001
0,001
Cm = 60 GPa Cf = 20 GPa
ft = 10 MPa fy = 8 MPa = 0
10
8
M = 20 GPa
M = 15 GPa
M = 10 GPa
M = 5 GPa
6
4
2
0
0
0,0002
0,0004
0,0006
0,0008
M
M
M
M
100
2
0
0
0,0002
0,0004
0,0006
0,001
0,0008
[MPa]
250
50
0
[MPa]
fy = 10 GPa
fy = 8 GPa
fy = 6 GPa
fy = 4 GPa
Cm = 60 GPa Cf = 20 GPa
M = 5 GPa fy = 10 MPa = 0
0,001
0,002
0,003
0,0004
0,0006
Strain,
0,004
0,005
200
150
fy = 160 MPa
fy = 140 MPa
fy = 120 MPa
fy = 100 MPa
100
50
0
0
0,0002
0,005
Strain,
250
0,004
ft = 100 MPa
ft = 80 MPa
ft = 60 MPa
ft = 40 MPa
100
Stress,
[MPa]
0,003
150
0,001
14
0,002
200
Strain,
12
= 60 GPa
= 40 GPa
= 20 GPa
= 0 GPa
Strain,
ft = 4 GPa
ft = 6 GPa
ft = 8 GPa
ft = 10 GPa
6
4
0,005
Cm = 20 GPa Cf = 80 GPa
ft = 40 MPa fy = 100 MPa = 1
0,001
Stress,
Stress, [MPa]
10
8
0,004
50
0
Cm = 60 GPa Cf = 20 GPa
M = 5 GPa fy = 8 MPa = 0
12
0,003
150
Strain,
14
0,002
Strain,
Stress, [MPa]
Stress, [MPa]
14
12
Stress,
0,005
Cf = 120 GPa
Cf = 100 GPa
Cf = 80 GPa
Cf = 60 GPa
Strain,
6
4
0,004
0
0
10
8
0,003
150
14
12
10
8
0,002
Strain,
Strain,
0,0008
0,001
0,001
0,002
0,003
0,004
0,005
Strain,
Chapter 3
ft M
ft M
=0
fy
f y fy
fy
ft M
0 < <1
=1
a) Mechanical models
fy
fy
fy
ft
fy
Cf
Cf
Cf
fy = 0
0 < fy < fy
fy = fy
ft = ft
f y + ft
m1
Cf
m0
+
f0
+
m0
K1
f1
fy
Cm
K0
C ep
f
m0
ft
ep
m
K1
K0
Cf
f y + ft
fy
ft
Cm
f t / f y > Cm / C f
f t / f y < Cm / C f
c) Stress-strain relationships for fibre reinforced materials and for the constituents
Figure 3.8: 1-D material model for fibre reinforced materials considering elastic-brittle
fibre reinforcement behaviour with residual strength ( 0 f y f y ) and elastic-perfectly
plastic matrix behaviour
Chapter 3
Table 3.2: 1-D material model for fibre reinforcement materials considering elasticbrittle fibre reinforcement with residual strength and elastic-perfectly plastic matrix
behaviour
Fibre reinforcement fracture prior to matrix yielding
Strains
0 =
fy
1 =
Cf
ft
C mep
+ fy
C mep C m
C mep C f
(1 ) f y
M
C mep C f + M
Matrix stresses
m0 = f y
m0 = f y + (1 )
1m = f t
M
Cf + M
0f = f y
0f = f y
1f = f y
0 = f y (1 + )
0 = f y 1 + (1 )
1 = f t + f y
Cf
Cf +M
Stiffness
K 0 = Cm + C f
K1 = C m + C f
Cf + M
, C mep = C m +
Cf M
, K1 = C mep
Cf + M
K2 = 0
Strains
0 =
Cf
ft
Cm
1 =
fy
C ep
f
+ ft
C ep
f Cf
C ep
f Cm
Matrix stresses
m0 = f t
m1 = f t
1f = f y
1f = f y
1 = f t + f y
1 = f t + f y
Stiffness
K 0 = Cm + C f
K1 = C m + C f
Cm
Cm + M
, C epf = C f +
Cm M
Cm + M
, K1 = C epf
K2 = 0
, Cf
, M
ft
fy
f y = f y
, 0 1 , =
Cm
Cf
, =
Cf
Cm
Chapter 3
250
[MPa]
100
Cm = 40 GPa
Cm = 30 GPa
Cm = 20 GPa
Cf = 100 GPa M = 1 GPa
ft = 40 MPa fy = 100 MPa = 0.5 Cm = 10 GPa
50
0
0
0,0005
0,001
0,0015
Stress,
Stress,
[MPa]
150
Cf = 40 GPa M = 30 GPa
ft = 40 MPa fy = 150 MPa = 1
200
150
Cm = 100 GPa
Cm = 80 GPa
Cm = 60 GPa
Cm = 40 GPa
100
50
0
0,002
0,0005
Strain,
50
Cm = 30 GPa M = 10 GPa
ft = 50 MPa fy = 80 MPa = 1
Stress, [MPa]
Stress, [MPa]
Cf = 140 GPa
Cf = 120 GPa
Cf = 100 GPa
Cf = 80 GPa
100
150
100
50
0,0005
0,001
0,0015
0,002
0,0005
100
M
M
M
M
50
0
0
0,0005
0,001
= 60 GPa
= 40 GPa
= 20 GPa
= 0 GPa
0,0015
250
[MPa]
Cm = 30 GPa Cf = 80 GPa
ft = 50 MPa fy = 80 MPa = 0.5
Stress,
Stress,
[MPa]
150
M
M
M
M
200
150
50
0,002
0,0005
Stress, [MPa]
Stress, [MPa]
250
fy = 100 MPa
fy = 80 MPa
fy = 60 MPa
fy = 40 MPa
0
0,0005
0,001
0,0015
150
50
0,002
0,0005
0,001
0,0015
0,002
Strain,
250
[MPa]
=
=
=
=
1
0.7
0.3
0
Stress,
[MPa]
0,002
100
0,0015
fy = 200 MPa
fy = 180 MPa
fy = 160 MPa
fy = 140 MPa
200
Strain,
150
0,001
Strain,
100
0,002
100
50
0,0015
= 120 GPa
= 80 GPa
= 40 GPa
= 0 GPa
Strain,
150
0,001
Strain,
Strain,
Stress,
0,002
Cf = 300 GPa
Cf = 250 GPa
Cf = 200 GPa
Cf = 150 GPa
200
0
0
50
0,0015
250
150
100
0,001
Strain,
200
150
100
=
=
=
=
1
0.7
0.3
0
50
0
0,0005
0,001
Strain,
0,0015
0,002
0,0005
0,001
0,0015
0,002
Strain,
Chapter 3
Cm
m
p
ft
ft
ft
f
p
fy
Cm
m
p
Cf
Cm
Cf
fy
ft
Cf
fy
Hf
Hf
Hf
=0
0 < <1
=1
a) Mechanical models
m
ft
fy
fy
ft
Hf
Cf
Cm
d fp 0
0 1
fp
d f = H f d fp
m0
f1
0
K0
Cm
f0
K1
K2
+
f
+
m0
+
C ep
f
K2
ft
K1
K0
Cf
K2
Cm
Cf
Cmep
f0
C ep
f
ft
K2
f t / f y > Cm / C f
f t / f y < Cm / C f
c) Stress-strain relationships fibre reinforced material and for the constituents
Figure 3.10: 1-D material model for fibre reinforced materials considering elasticbrittle matrix behaviour with residual strength ( 0 ft f t ) and elastic-perfectly plastic
fibre reinforcement behaviour with hardening or softening
f
p
Chapter 3
Table 3.3: 1-D material model for fibre reinforced materials considering elastic-plastic
fibre reinforcement with softening-hardening and elastic-brittle matrix behaviour with
residual strength
Matrix cracking prior to fibre reinforcement yielding
Strains
0 =
ft
Cm
1 =
fy
C ep
f
C ep
f Cf
+ ft
(1 ) f t
C ep
f Cm
M
C ep
f (C m + M )
Matrix stresses
m0 = f t
m0 = f t
m1 = f t
0f = f t
0f = f t + (1 )
1f = f y
M
Cm + M
0 = f t (1 + )
0 = f t 1 + (1 )
1 = f y + f t
Cm
Cm + M
Stiffness
K 0 = Cm + C f
K1 = C m + C f
, C epf = C f +
Cm M
Cm + M
, K1 = C epf
K2 =
C ep
f Hf
C ep
f + H f
Strains
0 =
Cm
Cm + M
fy
1 =
Cf
ft
C mep
+ fy
C mep C m
C mep C f
Matrix stresses
m0 = f y
1m = f t
1m = f t
1f = f y +
1f = f y +
C mep
C ep
f
C ep
f
C mep
(f
f y
(f
f y
0 = f y (1 + )
+
1 = f t + f y +
C ep
f
Cmep
1 = f t + f y +
C ep
f
C mep
(f
(f
f y
f y
Stiffness
,
K1 = C mep + C ep
f
K 0 = Cm + C f
C mep = C m +
Cf M
Cf + H f + M
C ep
f =
K2 =
Cf H f
Cf + M + H f
, Cf
, M
, Hf
ft
fy
f t = f t
, 0 1 , =
Cm
Cf
, =
C ep
f +Hf
C ep
f = Cf +
C ep
f Hf
Cf
Cm
Cm M
Cm + M
Chapter 3
Stress,
8
4
[MPa]
[MPa]
10
350
Cm = 60 GPa
Cm = 50 GPa
Cm = 40 GPa
Cm = 30 GPa
12
2
0
0
0,0005
0,001
0,0015
Stress,
14
300
250
200
150
Cm = 40 GPa
Cm = 30 GPa
Cm = 20 GPa
Cm = 10 GPa
100
50
0
0,002
0,001
0,002
Strain,
350
Cf = 8 GPa
Cf = 6 GPa
Cf = 4 GPa
Cf = 2 GPa
10
8
6
4
2
0
0
0,0005
0,001
0,0015
250
200
Cf = 300 GPa
Cf = 250 GPa
Cf = 200 GPa
Cf = 150 GPa
150
100
50
0
0,002
0,001
0,002
4
Cm = 30 GPa Cf = 4 GPa Hf = -1.5 GPa
ft = 10 MPa fy = 5 MPa = 0.1
2
0
0
0,0005
0,001
0,0015
[MPa]
Stress,
250
150
200
M
M
M
M
100
50
= 60 GPa
= 40 GPa
= 20 GPa
= 0 GPa
0,002
0,001
Strain,
350
Hf = 1 GPa
Hf = 0 GPa
Hf = -1 GPa
Hf = -2 GPa
10
8
6
4
2
0
0
0,0005
0,001
200
150
0,002
0,001
350
2
0
0
0,0005
0,001
Strain,
0,003
0,004
300
[MPa]
Stress,
0,002
Strain,
250
Stress,
[MPa]
10
0,004
Hf = 2 GPa
Hf = 0 GPa
Hf = -2 GPa
Hf = -4 GPa
100
50
0
0,0015
fy = 10 MPa
fy = 8 MPa
fy = 6 MPa
fy = 4 MPa
12
0,003
300
250
Strain,
14
0,002
Strain,
Stress, [MPa]
Stress, [MPa]
14
12
0,004
300
Stress,
[MPa]
10
350
M = 6 GPa
M = 4 GPa
M = 2 GPa
M = 0 GPa
12
0,003
Strain,
Strain,
14
0,004
300
Stress, [MPa]
Stress, [MPa]
14
12
0,003
Strain,
150
200
fy = 200 MPa
fy = 160 MPa
fy = 120 MPa
fy = 80 MPa
100
50
0
0,0015
0,002
0,001
0,002
0,003
0,004
Strain,
Chapter 3
m
p
Cm
Cm
Cf p
ft
Hm
ft
Cf
Cm
ft
Hm
Hm
Cf
fy
fy
fy
=0
fy
fy
0 < <1
=1
a) Mechanical models
fy
ft
ft
fy
Hm
Cm
Cf
0 1
d 0
p
m
d m = H m d
mp
p
m
K0
Cf
m
+
f0
m0
K1
K2
Cmep
K2
fy
K0
Cm
C ep
f
f1
K2
Cf
ft
Cm
m0
K1
1
m1
+
Cmep
K2
f t / f y > Cm / C f
f t / f y < Cm / C f
c) Stress-strain relationships for fibre reinforcemed material and for the constituents
Figure 3.12: 1-D material model for fibre reinforced materials considering elasticbrittle fibre reinforcement behaviour with residual strength ( 0 f y f y ) and elasticperfectly plastic matrix behaviour with hardening or softening
Chapter 3
Table 3.4: 1-D material model for fibre reinforced materials considering elastic-plastic
matrix with softening or hardening and elastic-brittle fibre reinforcement behaviour
with residual strength, fibre reinforcement fracture prior to matrix yielding
Fibre reinforcement fracture prior to matrix yielding
Strains
0 =
fy
1 =
Cf
ft
C mep
+ fy
C mep C m
C mep C f
(1 ) f y
M
C mep C f + M
Matrix stresses
m0 = f y
m0 = f y + (1 )
1m = f t
M
Cf + M
0f = f y
0f = f y
1f = f y
0 = f y (1 + )
0 = f y 1 + (1 )
1 = f t + f y
Cf
Cf + M
Stiffness
K 0 = Cm + C f
K1 = C m + C f
Cf
, C mep = C m +
Cf + M
Cf M
, K1 = C mep
Cf + M
K2 =
C mep H m
C mep + H m
ft
Cm
fy
ep
f
+ ft
Matrix stresses
m1 = f t +
m0 = f t
+
1m = f t +
C ep
f Cf
C ep
f Cm
C mep
f y f t
C ep
f
C mep
f y f t
C ep
f
1f = f y
1f = f y
1 = f t + f y +
1 = f t + f y +
C mep
f y f t
C ep
f
C mep
f y f t
C ep
f
Stiffness
K2 =
K 1 = C mep + C ep
f
K 0 = Cm + C f
C mep =
Cm H m
Cm + H m + M
C ep
f = Cf +
Cm M
Cm + H m + M
C mep = C m +
, Cf
, M
, Hm
ft
fy
f y = f y
, 0 1 , =
C mep H m
C mep + H m
Cf
Cm
, =
Cm
Cf
Cf M
Cf + M
Chapter 3
350
150
100
[MPa]
Cm = 50 GPa
Cm = 40 GPa
Cm = 30 GPa
Cm = 20 GPa
200
50
Stress,
Stress,
[MPa]
250
Cf = 200 GPa
200
=0
150
100
50
0
0
0,0005
0,001
0,0015
0,002
0,0005
Strain,
350
Cf = 350 GPa
Cf = 300 GPa
Cf = 250 GPa
Cf = 200 GPa
150
Cm = 30 GPa = 0
M = 10 GPa Hm = -10 GPa
ft = 40 MPa fy = 200 MPa
100
50
250
150
200
100
0
0,0005
0,001
0,0015
0,002
0,0005
Strain,
200
150
M
M
M
M
100
50
0
0
0,0005
0,001
= 60 GPa
= 40 GPa
= 20 GPa
= 0 GPa
0,0015
350
300
250
200
0,002
0,0005
0,0005
0,001
0,0015
[MPa]
[MPa]
250
200
150
100
0,002
0,0005
350
[MPa]
100
50
0
0
0,0005
0,001
Strain,
0,001
0,0015
0,002
Strain,
Stress,
150
0,002
50
0
fy = 200 MPa
fy = 160 MPa
fy = 120 MPa
fy = 80 MPa
200
0,0015
Hm = 20 GPa
Hm = 0 GPa
Hm = -20 GPa
Hm = -40 GPa
Strain,
250
0,001
350
300
Stress,
Hm = 10 GPa
Hm = 0 GPa
Hm = -10 GPa
Hm = -20 GPa
50
= 150 GPa
= 100 GPa
= 50 GPa
= 0 GPa
Strain,
150
100
0,002
50
0
200
0,0015
M
M
M
M
150
100
Strain,
250
0,001
Strain,
Stress, [MPa]
Stress, [MPa]
250
Stress,
0,002
50
[MPa]
0,0015
Cm = 50 GPa = 0
M = 50 Gpa Hm = -20 GPa
ft = 40 Mpa
fy = 250 MPa
Cf = 240 GPa
Cf = 200 GPa
Cf = 160 GPa
Cf = 120 GPa
300
[MPa]
200
0,001
Strain,
Stress,
Stress,
[MPa]
250
Stress,
Cm = 200 GPa
Cm = 150 GPa
Cm = 100 GPa
Cm = 50 GPa
0,0015
fy = 300 MPa
fy = 250 MPa
fy = 200 MPa
fy = 150 MPa
300 M = 20 GPa
250 Hm = -20 GPa
ft = 50 MPa
200 = 0.2
150
100
50
0
0,002
0,0005
0,001
0,0015
0,002
Strain,
Chapter 3
Cm
m p
Cf
ft
M
Hm
fy
f p
Hf
a) Mechanical model
m
ft
m
ft
Hm
f
fy
f
fy
Cm
Hf
Cf
d mp 0
mp
0
d fp 0
d m = H m d mp
fp
d f = H f d fp
1
0
m1
m0
K1
K2
K0
Cmep
Cmep
1
0
m1
m0
Cm
f1
f0
Cf
K1
K2
Cmep ep
Cm
K0
Cm
C ep
f ep
Cf
f1
f0
Cf
C ep
f ep
Cf
f t / f y > Cm / C f
f t / f y < Cm / C f
c) Stress-strain relationships for fibre reinforced material and for the constituents
Figure 3.14: 1-D material model for fibre reinforced materials considering elasticplastic matrix and fibre reinforcement behaviour with hardening or softening
Chapter 3
Table 3.5: 1-D material model for fibre reinforced materials considering elastic-plastic
matrix and fibre reinforcement behaviour with softening or hardening
Fibre reinforcement yielding prior to matrix yielding
Strains
0 =
fy
1 =
Cf
ep
ft
C C
+ f y m ep m
C mep
Cm C f
Matrix stresses
m0 = f y
1m = f t
1f = f y +
C ep
f
(f
C mep
0 = f y (1 + )
1 = f t + f y +
C ep
f
C mep
+ f y
(f
+ f y
Stiffness
K 1 = C mep + C ep
f
C mep = C m +
C ep
f =
K 2 = C mep + C ep
f
Cf M
C mep = H m
Cf H f
C ep
f = Hf
Cf + H f + M
Cm C f + H f + M + C f M
(C m + H m + M )(C f + H f + M ) M 2
C f (C m + H m + M ) + C m M
(C m + H m + M )(C f + H f + M ) M 2
Strains
0 =
Cf + H f + M
ft
Cm
1 =
fy
ep
f
Matrix stresses
1m = f t +
m0 = f t
+ ft
C ep
f Cf
C ep
f Cm
C mep
f y + f t
C ep
f
1f = f y
1 = f t + f y +
C mep
f y + f t
C ep
f
Stiffness
K 2 = C mep + C ep
f
K 1 = C mep + C ep
f
C ep
f = Cf +
C mep =
Cm M
Cm + H m + M
Cm H m
Cm + H m + M
C mep = H m
C ep
f = Hf
, Cf
, M
, Hm
, Hf
ft
fy
, =
Cm
Cf
Cm C f + H f + M + C f M
(C m + H m + M )(C f + H f + M ) M 2
C f (C m + H m + M ) + C m M
(C m + H m + M )(C f + H f + M ) M 2
Chapter 3
[MPa]
250
Stress,
150
200
Cm = 300 GPa
Cm = 250 GPa
Cm = 200 GPa
Cm = 150 GPa
100
50
14
Cm = 60 GPa
Cm = 50 GPa
Cm = 40 GPa
Cm = 30 GPa
12
[MPa]
300
10
Stress,
350
8
4
0
0
0,0005
0,001
0,0015
0,002
0,0002
0,0004
Strain,
Stress,
150
200
Cf = 300 GPa
Cf = 250 GPa
Cf = 200 GPa
Cf = 150 GPa
100
50
10
6
8
4
0
0,0005
0,001
0,0015
0,002
0,0002
0,0004
Strain,
M
M
M
M
50
0
0
0,0005
0,001
Stress, [MPa]
Stress, [MPa]
14
12
fy = 280 MPa
=0
150
100
= 150 GPa
= 100 GPa
= 50 GPa
= 0 GPa
0,0015
M
M
M
M
6
4
0,002
0,0002
0,0004
0,0005
0,001
0,0015
[MPa]
Stress,
[MPa]
Stress,
10
8
6
4
0,001
2
0
0,002
0,0002
0,0004
0,0006
0,0008
0,001
Strain,
350
14
200
100
50
0
0
0,0005
0,001
Strain,
0,0015
[MPa]
12
Hf = 20 GPa
Hf = 0 GPa
Hf = -20 GPa
Hf = -40 GPa
10
Stress,
300
[MPa]
0,0008
Hm = 3 GPa
Hm = 0 GPa
Hm = -3 GPa
Hm = -6 GPa
Strain,
Stress,
0,0006
Strain,
Hm = 20 GPa
Hm = 0 GPa
Hm = -20 GPa
Hm = -40 GPa
150
= 30 GPa
= 20 GPa
= 10 GPa
= 0 GPa
14
12
50
0
250
0,001
10
8
2
0
350
300
150
100
0,0008
Strain,
250
200
0,0006
Strain,
0,001
0
0
0,0008
Cf = 50 GPa
Cf = 40 GPa
Cf = 30 GPa
Cf = 20 GPa
12
[MPa]
[MPa]
250
14
300
Stress,
350
0,0006
Strain,
Hf = 2 GPa
Hf = 0 GPa
Hf = -2 GPa
Hf = -4 GPa
8
4
2
0
0,002
0,0002
0,0004
0,0006
0,0008
0,001
Strain,
Chapter 3
Cm
m p
Hm
Cf
M
ft
fy
ft
f p
Hf
a) Mechanical model
m
ft
m
ft
f
fy
Hm
Cm
d mp 0
Hf
Cf
f
fy
mp
0
d fp 0
d m = H m d mp
fp
d f = H f d fp
1
0
m1
m0
K1
0
1
m
m1
f
+
f0
f0
K0
K1
K2
Cm
Cmep
ep
m
Cf
C ep
f C ep
f
K0
Cmep
Cm
K2
1
m
f1
f0
Cmep
Cf
C ep
f C ep
f
f t / f y < Cm / C f
f t / f y > Cm / C f
c) Stress-strain relationships for composite and for composite constituents
Figure 3.16: 1-D material model for fibre reinforced materials considering elasticbrittle matrix behaviour with residual strength and hardening or softening and elasticplastic fibre reinforcement behaviour with hardening or softening
Chapter 3
Table 3.6: 1-D material model for fibre reinforced materials considering elastic-brittle
matrix behaviour with residual strength and hardening or softening and elastic-plastic
fibre reinforcement behaviour with hardening or softening
Matrix cracking prior to fibre reinforcement yielding
Strains
0 =
ft
Cm
1 =
fy
ep
f
+ ft
C ep
f Cf
(1 ) f t
C ep
f Cm
M
C ep
C
(
f
m +M)
Matrix stresses
m0 = f t
= f t
1m = f t +
0
m
C mep
C ep
f
f y f t + (1 ) f t
M
Cm + M
0f = f t
0f = f t + (1 )
1f = f y
M
Cm + M
0 = f t (1 + )
1 = f t + f y +
Cm
= f t 1 + (1 )
Cm + M
0
C mep
C ep
f
f y f t + (1 ) f t
M
Cm + M
Stiffness
K 2 = C mep + C ep
f
K 1 = C mep + C ep
f
C ep
f = Cf +
C mep =
Cm M
Cm + H m + M
Cm H m
Cm + H m + M
C mep = H m
C ep
f = Hf
Cm C f + H f + M + C f M
(C m + H m + M )(C f + H f + M ) M 2
C f (C m + H m + M ) + C m M
(C m + H m + M )(C f + H f + M ) M 2
fy
1 =
Cf
Matrix stresses
m0 = f y
ep
ft
C C
+ f y m ep m
C mep
Cm C f
1m = f t
m1 = f t
1f = f y +
C ep
f
C mep
0 = f y (1 + )
+
(f
1 = f t + f y +
+ f y
C ep
f
C mep
1 = f t + f y +
C ep
f
C mep
(f
+ f y
(f
+ f y
Stiffness
K 1 = C mep + C ep
f
C mep = C m +
C ep
f =
K 2 = C mep + C ep
f
Cf M
C mep = H m
C ep
f = Hf
Cf + H f + M
Cf H f
Cf + H f + M
, Cf
, M
, Hm
, Hf
ft
fy
, =
Cm
Cf
Cm C f + H f + M + C f M
(C m + H m + M )(C f + H f + M ) M 2
C f (C m + H m + M ) + C m M
(C m + H m + M )(C f + H f + M ) M 2
Chapter 3
Cm
m p
Cf
ft
Hm
f p
fy
Hf
fy
a) Mechanical model
f
fy
m
ft
ft
f
fy
Hm
Cm
Cf
mp
fp
d fp 0
d m = H m d mp
b) Material laws for the constituents
d mp 0
Hf
d f = H f d fp
1
0
K1
f1
f0
f0
1
+ 0
f
f1
1
m 0
+
m
0
K0
K1 K
2
Cf
ep
f
Cm
Cmep
ep
m
C ep
f
K0
C ep
f
Cf
K2
m1
m0
C ep
f
ep
C m Cm
Cmep
0
0
1
1
f t / f y < Cm / C f
f t / f y > Cm / C f
c) Stress-strain relationships for fibre reinforced material and for the constituents
Figure 3.17: 1-D material model for fibre reinforced materials considering elasticplastic matrix behaviour with hardening or softening and elastic-brittle fibre
reinforcement behaviour with residual strength and hardening or softening
Chapter 3
Table3.7: 1-D material model for fibre reinforced materials considering elastic-plastic
matrix behaviour with hardening or softening and elastic-brittle fibre reinforcement
behaviour with residual strength and hardening or softening
Fibre reinforcement fracture prior to matrix yielding
Strains
0 =
fy
ft
1 =
Cf
+ fy
C mep
C mep C m
C mep C f
(1 ) f y
M
C mep C f + M
Matrix stresses
m0 = f y
m0 = C m +
Cf M
Cf + M
f yM
Cf + M
= f y + (1 )
1m = f t
M
Cf + M
0f = f y
0f = f y = f y
1f = f y +
C ep
f
C mep
f t f y + (1 ) f y
(C
M
+M
0 = f y (1 + )
0 = f y 1 + (1 )
Cf
1 = f y + f t +
Cf + M
C ep
f
f t f y + (1 ) f y
C mep
M
Cf + M
Stiffness
K 1 = C mep + C ep
f
C mep = C m +
C ep
f =
K 2 = C mep + C ep
f
Cf M
C mep = H m
C ep
f = Hf
Cf + H f + M
Cf H f
Cf + H f + M
Cm C f + H f + M + C f M
(C m + H m + M )(C f + H f + M ) M 2
C f (C m + H m + M ) + C m M
(C m + H m + M )(C f + H f + M ) M 2
ft
Cm
fy
C ep
f
+ ft
C ep
f Cf
C ep
f Cm
Matrix stresses
1m = f t +
m0 = f t
C mep
f y f t
C ep
f
1f = f y
1 = f t + f y +
1f = f y
C mep
(f
C ep
f
f t
1 = f t + f y +
Stiffness
K 2 = C mep + C ep
f
K 1 = C mep + C ep
f
C ep
f = Cf +
C mep =
Cm M
Cm + H m + M
Cm H m
Cm + H m + M
C mep = H m
C ep
f = Hf
, Cf
, M
, Hm
, Hf
ft
fy
, =
Cm
Cf
Cm C f + H f + M + C f M
(C m + H m + M )(C f + H f + M ) M 2
C f (C m + H m + M ) + C m M
(C m + H m + M )(C f + H f + M ) M 2
C mep
C ep
f
(f
f t
Chapter 3
0 = (Cm + C f ) 0
2
Cm
ft
= Cm + C f
0 = 0 C m
Cm + M
Cm + M
0
(3.13)
1 = + 1 = f y
while the tangential stress-strain relationships defines the elastic modulus of the
material, K 0 (before matrix cracking) and the elastoplastic modulus of the material, K 1
(after matrix cracking and before fibre reinforcement yielding), respectively:
K 0 = Cm + C f = Cm (1 + ) = Cm 1 +
C M
M
1
M
K1 = C f + m
= Cm +
= Cm
+
Cm + M
Cm + M
Cm + M
(3.14)
while due to the elastic-perfectly plastic fibre reinforcement behaviour after fibre
reinforcement yielding the tangential stress-strain relationships reads:
K2 = 0
(3.15)
Eq. (3.13) to Eq. (3.15) define the stress strain relationships shown in Figure 3.18
together with five model parameters such as Cm (stiffness of matrix), C f (stiffness of
Chapter 3
M = K1
1 + (1 K 0 / K1 )
( 1 + )2 (1 K1 / K 0 )
(3.15)
lim K1 = lim Cm
= Cm
1
M
M
C M
+
= lim C m
+
= m
Cm + M
Cm + M
Cm + M
(3.16)
ft
1 ft
= lim Cm +
= ft
Cm
Cm
2
Cm
ft
K0
ft
K0
lim = lim Cm + C f
= ft 1
= K0
Cm + M Cm
K0 + M K0
K0 + M
+
(3.18)
1f = f t 1
K0
f
+ K1 1 t = f y
K0 + M
K0
1 =
fy
K1
= fy
K0 + M
K0M
(3.19)
Chapter 3
m0
ft
K
0 +
Cm
f0
fy
K1
Cf
Figure 3.18: Overall and partial stress-strain relationships for steel fibre reinforced
concrete according to the developed 1-D material model together with the model
parameters
1.60
K0 /K1 = 5
1.40
M / K1
1.20
1.00
0.80
K 0 / K 1 = 40
0.60
0.40
0.20
0.00
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900 1000
= 1 / = Cm / Cf
Figure 3.19: Coupling modulus, M as a function of the elastic matrix and fibre
reinforcement stiffness ratio
Finally, using the assumed asymptotic behaviour of the coupling modulus M, the five
introduced model parameters can be determined:
stiffnes of matrix Cm is equal to the overall composite stiffness K 0 which can
experimentally be determined in uniaxial tensile test.
stiffnes of fibre reinforcement C f is negligible
coupling modulus M can directly be expressed as a function of the elastic stiffness K 0
and the elastoplastic stiffness K1 which can experimentally be determined in uniaxial
test.
matrix cracking strength f t is equal to the overall composite tensile strength which
can experimentally be determined in uniaxial test.
Chapter 3
ft
fy
ft 1
K0
K1
K0
K0 + M
ft
K0
fy
K0 + M
K0M
Figure 3.20: Derived stress-strain relationships for the uniaxial behaviour of steel fibre
reinforced concrete
allowing for one fibre arrays as before, yielding strength of the steel fibre
reinforcement f y can be considered as the pull-out strength of the fibre which
depends on the bond characteristic of matrix and fibre.
Derived stress-strain relationship for steel fibre reinforced concrete can be seen in
Figure 3.20.
3.3 Conclusions
Based on the theoretical studies on the modelling of fibre reinforced materials the
following conclusions can be made:
1.
2.
3.
A 1-D material model for fibre reinforced materials was developed. The model
is composed of two devices representing an elastic-brittle material law for the
matrix and an elastic-perfectly plastic material law for the fibre reinforcement
behaviour, respectively. The two devices are coupled by a third new introduced
device which links the irreversible matrix and irreversible fibre reinforcement
behaviour and called as coupling modulus.
Due to the simplicity and clear physical significance of the developed 1-D
mechanical model it was extended by different matrix and fibre reinforcement
behaviour such as residual strength after matrix cracking or fibre fracture, matrix
and fibre hardening or softening behaviour.
The developed simplest mechanical model considering elastic-brittle matrix and
elastic-perfectly plastic fibre behaviours was adopted for steel fibre reinforced
concrete. Parameters of the developed 1-D model (stress-strain relationship) were
derived from experimentally measurable (macroscopic) parameters.
Chapter 4
Chapter 4
Behaviour of steel fibre reinforced concrete
beams in bending and shear
18 steel fibre reinforced concrete beams in four point bending were tested applying
different fibre contents (0 V%, 0.5 V% or 1.0 V%), fibre configurations (hookedend or crimped), and amounts of conventional shear reinforcement (no stirrup
reinforcement, 6/240 and 4/240 mm stirrups or 6/120 and 4/120 mm
stirrups), considering the same longitudinal reinforcement (216).
Aim of the tests was to study the structural performance of reinforced concrete
beams effected by steel fibre reinforcement. Based on the experimental results and
the theoretical investigations presented in the previous Chapter, design procedures
has also been developed to determine the moment capacity of steel fibre reinforced
concrete beams.
Keywords: reinforced concrete, steel fibre reinforced concrete, bending behaviour, shear
behaviour, failure load, failure mode, bending failure, shear failure, crack
propagation, crack pattern, modelling
Chapter 4
Balzs & Kovcs (1999), Balzs & Kovcs (1999)]. Amount of longitudinal
reinforcement was determined to reach yielding of longitudinal steel bars earlier than
shear failure of beams. Tensioned 216 longitudinal bars were of Hungarian grades
B60.50 (nominal yield strength 500 MPa). Stirrups and the 26 bars placed at the top
of the beam to fix stirrups were of grade B38.24 (nominal yield strength 240 MPa).
Reinforcing details of beams are summarised in Figure 4.1.
Stirrups in combination with steel fibres were used as shear reinforcements.
Reference beams were made of plain concrete (made of mixes REF-3 and REF-4) with
(6/240 and 6/120 mm for RC-A, 4/240 mm and 4/120 mm) for RC-B and
without stirrup reinforcement. Two amounts of stirrup reinforcements (spacing 120 mm
and 240 mm) were applied. Based on the test results to series of beams REF-3, FRC-3
0.5
1.0
ZC 30/.5 and FRC-3
ZC 30/.5 stirrup diameter 6 mm was changed to 4 mm for
beams made of mixes REF-4, FRC-4 0.5D&D ~30/.5 and FRC-4 1.0D&D ~30/.5, in order to
underline the effect of fibres on the shear behaviour. Further, for the sake of simplicity
beams made of mixes REF-3, FRC-3 0.5ZC 30/.5 and FRC-3 1.0ZC 30/.5 will be referred as
series RC-A and beams made of mixes REF-4, FRC-4 0.5D&D ~30/.5 and FRC-4 1.0D&D ~30/.5
as series RC-B, respectively. Series RC-A and series RC-B are numerated according to
the applied fibre content and the amount of conventional shear reinforcement (stirrup
spacing). They are summarised in Table 4.1.
Dramix ZC 30/.5
Mixture
Stirrup reinforcement:
REF-3
FRC-3 0.5ZC 30/.5
No
RC-A1
RC-A2
RC-A3
Fibre type
Mixture
D&D ~ 30/.5
6/240
RC-A4
RC-A5
RC-A6
Stirrup reinforcement:
6/120
RC-A7
RC-A8
RC-A9
REF-4
No
RC-B1
4/240
RC-B4
4/120
RC-B7
RC-B2
RC-B3
RC-B5
RC-B6
RC-B8
RC-B9
Chapter 4
No stirrup reinforcement
15
3
1
Stirrups: 6/240
15
3
1
8 24 = 180
Stirrups: 6/120
16 12 = 180
2
1
10
15
1
2
1
3
4
2
1
10
200
2
1
2
1
2
1
10
12
7
11 5
11 50
26 - 207
197
1 216 - 207
197
ZC-30/.5 hooked-fibres)
No stirrup reinforcement
15
3
1
Stirrups: 4/240
15
3
1
8 24 = 180
Stirrups: 4/120
16 12 = 180
2
1
2
1
10
12
7
11 5
11 50
26 - 207
197
1 216 - 207
197
2
1
10
15
1
2
1
3
4
2
1
10
200
2
1
Figure 4.1: Detail of conventional reinforcements for steel fibre reinforced concrete
beam series RC-A and RC-B
Chapter 4
h = 150 mm
Beam
geometry
l = 2000 mm
d = 120 mm
Shear-span
ratio: a/d = 5
a = 600 mm
a = 600 mm
a = 600 mm
s = 1800 mm
Fmax = 100 kN
Load and
mid-point
deflection
Shear force, V:
Fmax = 100 kN
W20
F=V
F=V
F=V
Moment, M:
Mmax = F a
Figure 4.2: Experimental set-up and test arrangement for bending test of steel fibre
reinforced RC beams
Mid-span deflections of beams were registered by a W20 measuring device.
Force (one jack force) mid-span deflection relationships were registered graphically.
In each load steps positions, formations and developments of cracks were visually
monitored and graphically signed on one side of the beam. Crack widths and
developments were measured and registered in all load steps.
Chapter 4
Chapter 4
(RC-B6 and RC-B9) were developed applying 1.0 V% crimped steel fibres for all
configuration of stirrup reinforcement.
After failure of beams failure surface was visually checked. Pull out of fibres
from the concrete was observed without fibre yielding. Anchors of hooked-end steel
fibres and the waves of crimped steel fibres were deformed.
Since the applied fibre types (Dramix hooked-end fibres and D&D crimped
fibres) as well as the stirrup diameters (6 for series A and 4 for series B) were
different, amount of shear reinforcements were also different for beam series RC-A and
RC-B. Shear reinforcement ratios were defined to make the results comparable:
longitudinal reinforcement ratio ( Asl / bd ), conventional stirrup reinforcement ratio
( Asw / bs ) and steel fibre reinforcement ratio ( Asw, eff / bseff ) (Table 4.4). In the following
comparisons of shear capacities are made based on the amount of shear reinforcements
(combination of fibres and stirrups).
Table 4.2: Results of bending tests for steel fibre reinforced concrete beams
Beam
type
Stirrups
RC-A1
RC-A2
RC-A3
No
stirrups
RC-A4
RC-A5
Fibre
content
Concrete mix
No fibres
REF-3
0.5 V%
1.0 V%
No fibres
Increment in
failure load
f c ,cube
Fu
[MPa]
[kN]
[%]
37.58
24.2
REF
Vu
bd
f ccub
Increment
in shear
strength
Failure
mode
[%]
12.40
REF
Shear
FRC-3
0.5
ZC 30/.5
39.85
29.0
19.8
15.14
22
Shear
FRC-3
1.0
ZC 30/.5
38.55
35.0
44.6
18.12
46
Shear
37.58
35.7
REF
18.04
REF
Combined
REF-3
0.5 V%
FRC-3
ZC 30/.5
39.85
35.1
-1.7
18.33
-1
Shear
RC-A6
1.0 V%
38.55
35.0
-2.0
Bending
RC-A7
No fibres
REF-3
37.58
37.4
REF
Bending
RC-A8
6/240
6/120
RC-A9
RC-B1
RC-B2
RC-B3
No
stirrups
RC-B4
RC-B5
6/240
RC-B6
RC-B7
RC-B8
RC-B9
0.5
0.5 V%
FRC-3
ZC 30/.5
39.85
35.0
-6.4
Bending
1.0 V%
38.55
36.6
-2.14
Bending
No fibres
REF-4
0.5 V%
1.0 V%
42.70
21.6
REF
11.96
REF
Shear
FRC-4
0.5
D&D ~30/.5
48.80
33.6
55.5
19.52
63
Shear
FRC-4
1.0
47.16
44.7
106.9
25.47
113
Combined
D&D ~30/.5
No fibres
REF-4
42.70
27.5
REF
14.95
REF
Shear
0.5 V%
48.80
44.3
61.1
25.86
73
Shear
1.0 V%
1.0
No fibres
6/120
0.5
0.5 V%
1.0 V%
47.16
45.7
66.2
Bending
42.70
35.2
REF
19.22
REF
Shear
FRC-4
0.5
D&D ~30/.5
48.80
46.6
32.4
27.33
42
Shear
FRC-4
1.0
47.16
45.0
27.8
Bending
FRC-4
D&D ~30/.5
REF-4
D&D ~30/.5
Chapter 4
Notation
Fibre
reinforcement
Failure load
No fibre
Fu = 24.2 kN
Stirrup
reinforcement
No stirrups
Shear
RC-A1
0.5 V%
Fu = 29.0 kN
No stirrups
RC-A2
Shear
1.0 V%
Fu = 35.0 kN
No stirrups
RC-A3
Shear
No fibre
Fu = 35.7 kN
6/240
RC-A4
Shear+
Bending
0.5 V%
Fu = 35.1 kN
6/240
RC-A5
Shear
1.0 V%
Fu = 35.0 kN
6/240
RC-A6
Bending
No fibre
Fu = 37.4 kN
6/120
Bending
RC-A7
0.5 V%
Fu = 35.0 kN
6/120
RC-A8
Bending
1.0 V%
RC-A9
Failure
mode
Fu = 36.6 kN
6/120
Bending
Figure 4.3: Failure loads and failure modes of steel fibre reinforced concrete beams
applying Dramix ZC 30/.5 hooked-end fibres (series A)
Chapter 4
Notation
Fibre
reinforcement
Failure load
No fibre
Fu = 21.6 kN
Stirrup
reinforcement
No stirrups
Shear
RC-B1
0.5 V%
Fu = 33.6 kN
No stirrups
RC-B2
Shear
1.0 V%
Fu = 44.7 kN
No stirrups
No fibre
Fu = 27.5 kN
4/240
RC-B3
RC-B4
Shear+
Bending
Shear
0.5 V%
Fu = 44.3 kN
4/240
RC-B5
Shear
1.0 V%
Fu = 45.7 kN
4/240
RC-B6
Bending
No fibre
Fu = 35.2 kN
4/120
Shear
RC-B7
0.5 V%
Fu = 46.6 kN
4/120
RC-B8
Shear
1.0 V%
RC-B9
Failure
mode
Fu = 45.0 kN
4/120
Bending
Figure 4.4: Failure loads and failure modes of steel fibre reinforced concrete beams
applying D&D 30/.5 crimped fibres (series B)
Chapter 4
Chapter 4
Table 4.3: Developed reinforcement ratios for analysing the effect of steel fibre
reinforcement on the structural performances of RC beams
Serie RC-A
RC-A1
RC-A2
RC-A3
RC-A4
As
RC-A6
RC-A7
RC-A8
RC-A9
216
sl
Stirrups
0.03350
No stirrups
sw
fibre content No fibre 0.5 V%
0
sf,eff.
s = sf,eff +sw
sf,eff./sw
.sf,eff/s
RC-A5
1.0 V%
6/240
6/120
0.00233
0.00467
No fibre
0.5 V%
1.0 V%
No fibre
0.5 V%
1.0 V%
0.00353
0.00707
0.00353
0.00707
0.00353
0.00707
0.00353
0.00707
0.00233
0.00586
0.00940
0.00467
0.00820
0,01174
1.50
3.00
0.75
1.50
0.60
0.75
0.43
0.47
RC-B1
RC-B2
RC-B3
RC-B4
RC-B6
RC-B7
RC-B8
RC-B9
Serie RC-B
RC-B5
As
216
sl
Stirrups
0.0335
No stirrups
0
sw
No
fibre
0.5
V%
fibre content
sf, eff.
s = sf,eff +sw
sf,eff./sw
sf,eff/s
4/240
4/120
0.00105
0.00209
1.0 V%
No fibre
0.5 V%
1.0 V%
No fibre
0.5 V%
1.0 V%
0.00370
0.00739
0.00370
0.00739
0.00370
0.00739
0.00370
0.00739
0.00105
0.00475
0,00844
0,00209
0,00579
0,00948
3.54
7.08
1.77
3.54
0.78
0.88
0.64
0.78
Chapter 4
80
Series RC-A
70
No stirrups
6/240
6/120
60
50
35.0 35.7 35.1 35.0 37.4 35.0 36.6
40
29.0
30 24.2
20
10
S S
S C S B B B B
0
more effective anchorage and bond behaviour of the hooked-end fibres compared to the
crimped steel fibres. In addition to, beam RC-A6 failed in bending with significant postpeak resistance.
For beams having higher amount of conventional shear reinforcement
(6/120 mm was used for beam RC-A7RC-A9) addition of hooked-end steel fibres
resulted significant post-peak behaviour.
In case of series RC-B, post-peak response was only observed when flexural
failure occurred (RC-B6 and RC-B9).
80
Series RC-B
70
No stirrups
4/240
4 /120
60
46.6 45.0
45.7
44.7
44.3
50
35.2
33.6
40
27.5
30 21.6
20
C S
S B S S B
10 S S
0
60
Shear strength
50
40
Series RC-A
Series RC-B
6/240
No stirrups
No stirrups
4/24
0
4/120
30
10
0
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B7 B8
Figure 4.5: Failure loads and failure modes of steel fibre reinforced concrete beams
applying Dramix ZC 30/.5 hooked-end steel fibres for series A and D&D 30/.5
crimped steel fibres for series B
200
160
Series RC-A
Series RC-B
No stirrups
120
80
46.1
40
0
REF
A1
22.1
A2
73.0
63.2
42.2
REF
A3
B1
REF
B2
B3
B4
REF
B5
B7
B8
50
45
40
35
30
25
20
A4
0 V%
A1 0 V%
A8
0.5 V%
A5
0.5 V% A3
1.0 V%
A2
0.5 V%
Chapter 4
A9
1.0 V%
A6
1.0 V%
50
45
40
35
30
25
20
B5 0.5 V%
B7
0 V%
B3
1.0 V%
B4
0 V%
B1 0 V%
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
s = sf,eff + sw [0/00]
s = sf,eff + sw [0/00]
A7 0 V%
b)
A3
1.0 V%
A9 1.0 V%
A4 0 V%
A8
0.5 V%
50
45
40
35
30
25
20
A6
A5
0.5 V%
A2
1.0 V% 0.5 V%
50
45
40
35
30
25
20
B7
0 V%
B5
0.5 V%
B2 0.5 V%
B4
0 V%
0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0
sf ,eff / s
sf ,eff / s
30
A4
1.0 V%
20
15
A1
10
0
A5
0.5 V%
A2
0.5 V%
0 V%
Shear strength
Shear strength
d)
25
A3
1.0 V%
B5
0.5 V%
25
B4
0 V%
15
0
s = sf,eff + sw [ /00]
No stirrups
A3
1.0 V%
A2
0.5 V%
sf,eff / s
30
Shear strength
Shear strength
20
g)
f)
A5
0.5 V%
A4
0 V%
e)
No fibres
B3
1.0 V%
B2
0.5 V%
B1
0 V%
10
8
B8
1.0 V%
B7
0 V%
20
s = sf,eff + sw [0/00]
10
B6
1.0 V%
B3
1.0 V%
0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0
30
15
B9 1.0 V%
B8 0.5 V%
c)
25
B9
1.0 V%
B6
1.0 V%
B2
0.5 V%
a)
30
B8 0.5 V%
25
20
15
10
B8
1.0 V%
No fibres
B5 0.5 V%
B7 0 V%
B3 1.0 V%
B4 0 V%
B2 0.5 V%
No stirrups
0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0
sf,eff / s
h)
Figure 4.7: Reinforcement ratios vs. failure loads and shear strengths
a) s Fu for Series A
b) s Fu for Series B
c) sf,eff / s Fu for Series A
d) sf,eff / s Fu for Series B
e) s for Series A
f) s for Series B
g) sf,eff / s for Series A
h) sf,eff / s for Series B
Chapter 4
Table 4.4: Some characteristic data of the Load vs. Mid-point deflection relationship of
steel fibre reinforced concrete beams
Beam
type
Stirrups
RC-A1
RC-A2
RC-A3
No
stirrups
RC-A4
RC-A5
6/240
RC-A6
RC-A7
RC-A8
6/120
RC-A9
RC-B1
RC-B2
RC-B3
No
stirrups
RC-B4
RC-B5
Fibre content
Concrete mix
Fu
Fu
a mid
max
a mid
Increment
[kN]
[mm]
[mm]
[%]
in
Failure mode
max
mid
No fibres
REF-3
24.2
12
12
REF
Shear
0.5 V%
29.0
18
20
66.7
Shear
1.0 V%
1.0
ZC 30/.5
35.0
23
24
100.0
Shear
FRC-3
No fibres
REF-3
35.7
22
22
REF
Shear
0.5 V%
35.1
20
21
-4.5
Shear
1.0 V%
35.0
22
31
40.9
Bending
No fibres
REF-3
37.4
26
27
REF
Bending
0.5 V%
35.0
22
37
37.0
Bending
1.0 V%
1.0
ZC 30/.5
36.6
28
44
63.0
bending
REF
Sear
FRC-3
No fibres
REF-4
21.6
0.5 V%
FRC-4
0.5
D&D ~30/.5
33.6
15
15
87.5
Shear
FRC-4
1.0
D&D ~30/.5
44.7
18
18
125.0
Shear+Bending
Shear
1.0 V%
No fibres
REF-4
27.5
10
10
REF
0.5
0.5 V%
FRC-4
D&D ~30/.5
44.3
21
21
110.0
Shear
RC-B6
1.0 V%
45.7
20
26
160.0
Bending
RC-B7
No fibres
REF-4
35.2
15
15
REF
Shear
0.5 V%
FRC-4
0.5
D&D ~30/.5
46.6
21
21
40.0
Shear
1.0 V%
45.0
19
26
73.3
Bending
RC-B8
RC-B9
6/240
6/120
Chapter 4
50
50
Load, F [kN]
30
A2
F u = 29.0 kN
Shear failure
20
A3
F u = 35.0 kN
Shear failure
10
0
0
10
20
30
40
Mid-point deflection, a mid [mm]
B2
F u = 33.6 kN
Shear failure
20
B1
F u = 21.6 kN
Shear failure
0
50
10
20
30
40
50
Mid-point deflection, a mid [mm]
50
A4
F u = 35.7 kN
Shear failure
30
A5
F u = 35.1 kN
Shear failure
20
A6
F u = 35.7 kN
Bending failure
10
0
0
10
20
30
40
Mid-point deflection, a mid [mm]
B6
F u = 45.7 kN
Bending failure
40
Load, F [kN]
40
Load, F [kN]
30
10
50
30
20
B4
F u = 27.5 kN
Shear failure
10
0
50
10
20
B5
F u = 44.3 kN
Shear failure
30
40
50
50
50
30
A9
F u = 36.6 kN
Bending failure
20
A8
F u = 35.0 kN
Bending failure
10
0
0
10
20
30
40
Mid-point deflection, a mid [mm]
B9
F u = 45.0 kN
Bending failure
40
Load, F [kN]
A7
F u = 37.4 kN
Bending failure
40
Load, F [kN]
B3
F u = 44.7 kN
Shear+Bending Failure
40
Load, F [kN]
A1
F u = 24.2 kN
Shear failure
40
30
20
B7
F u = 35.2 kN
Shear failure
10
0
50
B8
F u = 46.6 kN
Shear failure
10
20
30
40
Mid-point defletion, a mid [mm]
Figure 4.8: Load vs. Mid-point deflection relationships for steel fibre reinforced
concrete beams
(The first column represents series A, the second column represents series B)
50
Chapter 4
Chapter 4
Fu = 24.2 kN
0.20
Shear failure
f c = 37.58 MPa
0.16
f sp = 1.57 MPa
0.12
0.08
20 kN
0.04
0.00
0 kN
0
200
400
600
0.20
Fu = 29.0 kN
0.16
f c = 39.85 MPa
Shear failure
f sp = 2.62 MPa
0.12
0.08
20 kN
0 kN
0.04
0.00
200
400
600
0.20
f c = 38.55 MPa
0.16
f sp = 3.63 MPa
0.12
0.08
20 kN
0.04
0.00
Shear failure
0 kN
0
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
Figure 4.9: Development of cracks for beams RC-A1RC-A3. Horizontal, vertical and
inclined axis indicates the position of crack, measured crack width and the applied
load, respectively.
Chapter 4
0.20
0.16
w [mm]
w [mm]
0.20
0.12
0.08
0.16
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.04
0.00
0.00
0
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
0.20
0.16
w [mm]
w [mm]
0.20
0.12
0.08
0.16
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.04
0.00
0.00
0
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
0.20
0.16
w [mm]
w [mm]
0.20
0.12
0.08
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
Position of crack, x [mm]
0.16
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.04
0.00
0.00
0
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
0.16
0.12
0.08
0.04
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
Position of crack, x [mm]
w [mm]
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
Position of crack, x [mm]
0.16
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
0.00
0
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
Position of crack, x [mm]
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
Position of crack, x [mm]
Figure 4.10: Crack pattern of beams RC-A1, RC-A3, RC-B1 and RC-B3 measured
at 20 kN jack force. Horizontal and vertical axis respectively indicates the position of
the crack formed on the beam and the measured crack width at the level of the
tensioned reinforcing bars. Horizontal doted line indicates the mean crack width at the
given load.
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
RC-A3 - No stirrups
1.0 V% Dramix ZC 30/.5
15
20
25
Load, F [kN]
30
RC-A3 - No stirrups
1.0 V% Dramix Zc 30/.5
150
100
RC-A1 - No stirrups
No fibres
50
0
2.50
10
15
20
25
Load, F [kN]
30
1.50
RC-A3 - No stirrups
1.0 V% Dramix ZC 30/.5
1.00
0.50
0.00
5
0.10
10
15
20
25
Load, F [kN]
30
0.06
0.04
RC-A3 - No stirrups
1.0 V% Dramix ZC
30/.5
0.02
0.00
5
10
15
20
25
Load, F [kN]
30
35
10
15
20
25
Load, F [kN]
30
35
250
RC-B1 - No stirrups
No fibres
200
RC-B3 - No stirrups
1.0 V% D&D 30/.5
150
100
50
0
5
2.50
10
15
20
25
Load, F [kN]
RC-B1 - No stirrups
No fibres
2.00
30
35
RC-B3 - No stirrups
1.0 V% D&D 30/.5
1.50
1.00
0.50
0.00
35
RC-A1 - No stirrups
No fibres
0.08
RC-B3 - No stirrups
1.0 V% D&D 30/.5
35
RC-A1 - No stirrups
No fibres
2.00
RC-B1 - No stirrups
No fibres
250
200
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
35
10
Crack number, n
RC-A1 - No stirrups
No fibres
Crack number, n
Chapter 4
0.10
10
15
20
25
Load, F [kN]
RC-B1 - No stirrups
No fibres
0.08
30
35
RC-B3 - No stirrups
1.0 V% D&D 30/.5
0.06
0.04
0.02
0.00
5
10
15
20
25
Load, F [kN]
30
35
Figure 4.11: Load vs. crack number, load vs. mean crack spacing, load vs. summa of
crack width and load vs. mean crack width relationships for beams RC-A1 RC-A3
and for beams RC-B1RC-B3 made with 0 V% and 1.0 V% Dramix ZC 30/.5 hookedend and D&D ~30/.5 crimped steel fibres, respectively
Chapter 4
0.12
Wm EC2
0.09
Wm,bending
wm [mm]
0.15
wm [mm]
0.06
0.03
0.00
0
10
15
20
Load, F [kN]
25
30
0.15
0.12
0.09
0.06
0.03
0.00
Wm EC2
Wm,bending
35
Wm EC2
0.09
Wm,bending
0.06
0.12
Wm EC2
0.09
Wm,bending
0.03
0.00
0.00
10
15
20
Load, F [kN]
25
30
35
Wm EC2
0.09
Wm,bending
35
10
15
20
Load, F [kN]
25
30
35
0.15
wm [mm]
wm [mm]
0.12
30
0.15
25
0.06
0.03
0
15
20
Load, F [kN]
0.15
wm [mm]
wm [mm]
0.12
10
0.15
0.06
0.03
Wm EC2
0.12
0.09
Wm,bending
0.06
0.03
0.00
0.00
0
10
15
20
Load, F [kN]
25
30
35
10
15
20
Load, F [kN]
25
30
35
Figure 4.12: Crack widths as a function of the applied load. Diagrams represent the
mean crack spacing of three beams containing the same steel fibre content. wmEC2 and
wm,bending indicate the calculated crack width according to the EC-2 and the mean
measured crack width considering only the bending portion of beams, respectively.
First and second column indicates series RC-A (Dramix ZC 30/.5 hooked-end fibres)
and RC-B (D&D ~ 30/.5 crimped fibres), respectively.
Based on the observed crack distributions, mean crack spacings were calculated
for the bending portion of beams for the combined bending and shear portion of beams
and for the whole beams in each load steps. The mean of the measured crack widths and
the derived crack spacing as a function of the applied loads are summarised in Figure
4.12 and in Figure 4.13 considering only the bending portion of beams, respectively.
Calculated crack widths and crack spacings according to the EC2 are represented with
continuous lines. For the calculation according to EC2 measured crack widths and crack
spacings for 0 V% steel fibre content were not considered at all.
Chapter 4
(4.1)
where is a coefficient relating the average crack width to the characteristic value, srm
is the average final crack spacing can be calculated as follows:
Mean of RC-A1, RC-A4 and RC-A7
80
60
40
Srm EC-2
20
0
10
15
20
Load, F [kN]
25
30
80
60
40
Srm EC-2
20
Sm,bending
100
sm [mm]
sm [mm]
100
Sm,bending
35
25
30
35
80
sm [mm]
sm [mm]
15
20
Load, F [kN]
100
80
60
40
Srm EC-2
20
Sm,bending
0
10
15
20
Load, F [kN]
60
40
Srm EC-2
20
Sm,bending
0
25
30
35
sm [mm]
60
Srm EC-2
20
Sm,bending
5
10
15
20
Load, F [kN]
25
30
15
20
Load, F [kN]
25
30
35
80
60
40
Srm EC-2
20
Sm,bending
0
0
10
100
80
40
100
sm [mm]
10
100
35
10
15
20
25
30
35
Load, F [kN]
Figure 4.13: Crack spacing as a function of applied load. Diagrams represent the mean
crack spacing of beams containing the same steel fibre content considering only the
bending portions. Mean values of measured crack spacings sm,bending, and the mean
crack spacing determined according to the EC-2 smEC2 are presented. First and second
column indicates series RC-A (Dramix ZC 30/.5 hooked-end fibres) and RC-B
(D&D ~ 30/.5 crimped fibres), respectively.
Chapter 4
s rm = 50 + 0.25k1k 2
(4.2)
sm
=
1 1 2 sr
Es
s
(4.3)
where the parameters of Eq. (4.1) to Eq. (4.3) are well discussed in EC2. Based on the
experimental results a simple method for determine the average final crack width is
developed taking into consideration the effect of steel fibres by only modifying the
equation. Since the developed crack patterns were not significantly effect by the fibre
characteristics, fibre type and other fibre parameters were not taking into consideration
in the proposed model. Contribution of steel fibre content could be given by the
following terms:
s rm = 45 + 0.25k1k 2
(4.4)
s rm = 40 + 0.25k1k 2
(4.5)
where Eq. (4.4) and Eq. (4.5) indicate the average crack spacings by applying 0.5 V%
and 1.0 V% steel fibre contents, respectively. Measured crack widths and the proposed
model as a function of the applied load are summarised in Figure 4.14.
0.15
EC-2
Model proposal for 0.5 V%
Model proposal for 1.0 V%
0 V% fibre content
0.5 V% fibre content
1.0 V% fibre content
wm [mm]
0.12
0.09
0.06
0.03
0.00
0
10
15
20
Load, F [kN]
25
30
35
Figure 4.14: Load vs. crack width relationships for steel fibre reinforced concrete
beams. Each curves noted by 0 V%, 0.5 V% and 1.0 V% fibre content represent mean
curve of six beams.
Chapter 4
/3
/3
h
a el
a pl a
/2
/2
a)
/3
/3
/3
h
ael
a pl a
b)
Figure 4.15: Behaviour of steel fibre reinforced concrete beams
a) steel fibre reinforced concrete beams with no longitudinal steel bars
b) steel fibre reinforced concrete beams with longitudinal steel bars
122
Chapter 4
Since the increasing crack length modifies the stress field in the cross-section,
fibre activation starts with a plastic matrix-fibre interaction, which yields fibre yielding
and/or softening/hardening under increasing load. Furthermore, secondary macro-cracks
will not be appeared in the close vicinity as observed in the case of conventional
reinforced concrete beams. Such behaviour can be considered as a rigid hinge
mechanism for beams made with no longitudinal steel bars (Figure 4.15).
Moment capacity of the cross-section can be calculated when the ultimate
tension strain of steel fibre reinforced concrete. The ultimate tension strain depends on
the material parameters such as concrete composition, fibre content, fibre type, fibre
orientation.
Some characteristic steps of stress - strain distributions can be seen in Figure
4.16 under increasing load considering the simplified one-dimensional model for steel
fibre reinforced concrete developed in Chapter 3. Applying also steel bars in the section
the classical design process of reinforced concrete section can be used as shown in
Figure 4.17.
Characteristic stress strain relationships for steel fibre reinforced concretes
offers a possibility to compute not only the ultimate limit state, but also the
serviceability state.
From the given data base which contains the stress strain relationships for
tension and compression, and the material parameters, ultimate limit state can be
determined with a simple iteration process. In order to reduce the iteration steps, first we
consider the ultimate tension strain, t3, of steel fibre reinforced concrete as tension
strain developed at the most tensioned fibre of the section. Then we consider a
curvature, , or a compressive strain, c value as the strain of the most compressed
fibre of the section. Now, neutral axis of the section can be determined. Using the
applied strain distribution and the given stress-strain relationships, the internal forces of
the section can be computed. The equilibrium state is governed by the following
condition:
0 = Nc + Nt
(4.6)
where:
x
N c = c ( x ) dx and N t = t ( x ) dx + N s
(4.7)
Ns represents the force in the steel bars. If the condition in Eq. (4.6) is false, we should
apply a curvature or compressive strain value again to get a new position of neutral axis.
We have to use this procedure until the condition in Eq. (4.6) is fulfilled. When we find
the neutral axis, the moment capacity of the section is given by:
M u = Nc z = Nt z
(4.8)
where z is the lever arm of the internal forces. Stress and strain distribution of the
cross-section with the model parameters can be seen in Figure 4.18. Calculation process
with or without steel bars are summarised in algorithms. Block diagrams of the
algorithms are summarised in Figure 4.19 and Figure 4.20.
123
Chapter 4
t0
ftd
Plastic matrix-fibre interaction after cracking
t0
ftd
t1
ffyd
t0
t2
ftd
ffyd
Figure 4.16: Stress and strain distributions of steel fibre reinforced concrete beam with
no longitudinal steel bars in pure bending
An example to calculate the ultimate moment capacity of steel fibre reinforced concrete
cross-section based on the characterised stress-strain relationship considering the
simplified one-dimensional material model (elastic-brittle matrix and elastic-perfectly
plastic fibre) developed in Chapter 3 is presented here. The equilibrium of internal
forces can be expressed as a sum of the internal force components:
N c + N t1 + N t2 + N t3 = 0
(4.9)
where N c represents the force in the compressive zone while N t1 , N t2 and N t3 denote
the forces acting in the tensioned zone of the cross-section, as defined in Figure 4.19:
1
2
2
2
Nc = K0 t 2 h
= A
2
1
1
1
N t1 = (K 0 K1 ) t 2 h 2 (1 ) = B (1 )
2
1
N t2 = K1 2 t 2 h 2 (1 ) = C (1 )
2
3
N t = K1 (1 ) t 2 h 2 (1 ) = D (1 )
124
(4.10)
(4.11)
(4.12)
(4.13)
Chapter 4
As
t0
ftd
t0
s
As
ftd
t1
ffyd
Service state
c1
t0
ftd
ffyd
t1
As
fcd
ffyd
t1
t0
t2
c2
fcd
ftd
ffyd
fyd
ffyd
where =
x
denotes the position of the neutral axis vs. dept of the cross-section ratio;
h
b
denotes the width of the cross-section vs. dept of the cross-section ratio,
h
t0
represents the elastic tension limit strain
t2
vs. ultimate tension strain ratio of the fibre reinforced concrete; and = t1 indicates
t 2
the yielding strain of fibre reinforced concrete vs. ultimate tension strain of fibre
reinforced concrete. Using Eq. (4.10) to Eq. (4.13) in Eq. (4.9) and after the
simplification we obtain:
125
Chapter 4
( A B C D ) 2 + 2( B + C + D ) ( B + C + D ) = 0
(4.14)
From which the neutral axis can be determined and the moment capacity reads:
M u = M c + M t1 + M t2 + M t3
(4.16)
(4.17)
(4.18)
(4.19)
(4.20)
design value for the compressive strength of steel fibre reinforced concrete
design value for the tensile strength of steel fibre reinforced concrete
f fyd : design value for the yield strength of steel fibre reinforcement
c0 :
c1 :
t0 :
t1 :
t2 :
K0 :
K1 :
126
Chapter 4
fcd
t1 t0
t2
c
c0
ffyd
c1
ftd
K0
h (1-)
t0
t1
t2
Nc
h
t2
t2
ftd
ffyd
t0 = K0 t2
+t0 = K1 t2
Nt 1
Nt 2
Nt 3
t2
ffyd
ffyd = K1 t2
Figure 4.18: Determination of moment capacity for steel fibre reinforced concrete
4.4 Conclusions
Based on the experimental and theoretical results of bending behaviour of steel fibre
reinforced concrete beams the following conclusions can be drawn:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Chapter 4
5.
6.
7.
Steel fibre reinforcement can effectively be used to control crack width and
crack propagation in reinforced concrete beams. Applying steel fibre
reinforcement for reinforced concrete beams smaller mean crack width and
grater mean crack spacing values were obtained related to beams made of plain
concrete. However, cracking behaviour was not significantly influenced by the
type of steel fibre.
Based on the experimental results on steel fibre reinforced concrete beams a
modified EC2 calculation was developed for determining crack width of
reinforced concrete beams applying also steel fibres.
Based on the developed mechanical model for fibre reinforced composite
materials in Chapter 3, a simple design method was worked out for the analyses
of steel fibre reinforced concrete structural elements with or without longitudinal
steel bars in bending. Model is based on the conventional engineering method
used in structural design.
{K
, K1 M , f fyd , f td , t 0 , t1 , t 2 , f cd , c 0 , c1}
t = t2
c = c( i )
Compute the neutral axis of the cross-section:
x( i ) =
c( i )
h
t 2 c( i )
Nc =
Nt =
Updating compressive
strain of composite
(i)
c
(i )
c
No
x( i )
0
h
x( i )
c ( x ) dx
t (x ) dx
If
Nc + Nt = 0
Yes
Neutral axis
x (i ) = x
Compute
moment capacity
M u = N c z = Nt z
Figure 4.19: Stress - strain relationships for steel fibre reinforced concrete
128
Chapter 4
{K
, K1 M , f fyd , f td , t 0 , t1 , t 2 , f cd , c 0 , c1}
c = c( i )
t = t( i )
No
If
< c0
(i)
c
Updating compressive
strain
No
c( i ) = c( i ) +
t( i ) = t( i ) +
If
(i)
t
Updating tension
strain
< t2
x( i ) =
c( i )
h
t( i ) c( i )
Nc =
Nt =
Neutral axis
(i )
x( i )
0
h
x( i )
c ( x ) dx
t (x ) dx
If
Yes
=x
Compute
internal moment
M int = N c z = N t z
No
Nc + Nt = 0
If
M int + M ext = 0
Yes
END
No
Chapter 5
Chapter 5
Behaviour of steel fibre reinforced
prestressed pretensioned concrete beams
Similarly to the reinforced concrete beams two series of steel fibre reinforced
prestressed pretensioned concrete beams were tested. Experimental parameters
were the fibre content (0 V%, 0.5 V%, 1.0 V% hooked-end steel fibre) and the
release mode of the prestressing force (gradual and sudden). Experimental
constants were the beam geometry and the type of prestressing strand. Beams did
not contain any non-prestressed reinforcement.
Tests aimed to investigate the effect of steel fibre reinforcement on the transfer
length of prestressing strands and the structural behaviour of prestressed concrete.
Concrete deformations, released prestressing forces, draw-in of prestressing
strands as well as camber of mid-sections were measured during release of
prestressing force. Transfer length of prestressing strand was calculated. Finally,
bending tests were carried out on the beams determining the failure load and
failure mode.
Keywords: prestressing force, prestressing strand, PC beams, sudden release, gradual release,
concrete deformations, end-slip, camber, transfer length
5.1
Experimental programme
Chapter 5
40
120
80
80
Seven-wire strand
12.7 mm, Ap = 100 mm2
fptk = 1770 MPa, fpt,0.1 = 1770 MPa
Ep = 193700 MPa
Chapter 5
FRC-3 ZC 30/.5
PC-G2
39.85
2.62
Dramix
ZC 30/.5
FRC-3 1.0ZC 30/.5
PC-G3
38.55
3.63
REF-4
PC-S1
42.70
1.60
FRC-4 0.5ZC 30/.5
PC-S2
43.60
2.73
Dramix
ZC 30/.5
FRC-4 1.0ZC 30/.5
PC-S3
41.60
3.70
In order to study the effect of steel fibres on the transfer length of prestressing strands,
Dramix ZC 30/.5 hooked-end steel fibres were applied. As in the case of reinforced
concrete beams detailed in Chapter 4, three different fibre contents were applied: 0 V%,
0.5 V% and 1.0 V%, respectively.
In practice the release of the prestressing force is generally sudden by cutting the
strand. In such a case the transfer length is being developed very quickly without any
control possibility during release. However, in case of gradual release of prestressing
force concrete deformations, draw-in of strands and the released portion prestressing
force are measurable offering possibility to determine the length required to develop the
effective prestressing force.
Release of prestressing force was sudden for series PC-S and gradual for series
PC-G, respectively (Figure 5.1, Table 5.1).
Chapter 5
PC-G2 0.5 V%
PC-G1 0 V%
fixed end
Dramix ZC 30/.5
hooked-end fibre
fibre content
PC-G3 1.0 V%
Dramix ZC 30/.5
released end
hooked-end fibre
sliding contact
steel frame
steel frame
hydraulic jacks
a)
PC-S1 0 V%
fixed end
PC-S2 0.5 V%
Dramix ZC 30/.5
hooked-end fibre
fibre content
additional concrete
portion
cutting place of strand
steel frame
PC-S3 1.0 V%
sliding contact
b)
additional concrete
portion
released end
steel frame
hydraulic jacks
c)
150
150
150
150
40
40
40
50
60
70
100
2000
measurement of camber
measurement of camber
measurement of draw-in
strain gauges
120
seven-wire strand
40 80
80
measurement of draw-in
Figure 5.3: Measuring of concrete strains, camber of beam and draw-in of strand for
PC beams
Chapter 5
Consequently, 21 strain gauges were placed on each beam. One gauge was placed at the
mid-section of the beam and the other 20 gauges were positioned symmetrically on the
beam. Strand draw-in, se , with other words the relative displacement between the
concrete and strand section was measurable at the butt end of the beam. For determining
the draw-in of prestressing strand, a special steel ring measuring devices were fixed to
the strand as well as to the butt end of the elements having three imprinted steel balls on
each ring in the same position (Figure 5.3). Steel ball distances between the to fixed
rings were measured during the tension release with a mechanical measuring device
having 0.005 mm sensitivity in each load steps on the both side of the beams as sown in
Photo 5.4. Displacement of each member was also measured by MITUTOYO type dial
gauges of 0.01 mm sensitivity at the middle section and at both ends (Figure 5.3) to
determine camber in each load steps.
The total applied prestressing force was 136 kN for both Series of beams. When
the prestressing force was gradually released (series PC-G), concrete deformations,
draw-in of prestressing strand as well as prestressing force were measured at each step
of releasing prestressing force and further in time after releasing the total prestressing
force as well. Values of released prestressing force were: 15 kN, 35 kN, 55 kN, 75 kN,
95 kN, 105 kN, 115 kN, 125 kN and finally 136 kN in case of gradual release.
Deformation measurements continued after total release in 18 h, 25 h, 44 h, 72 h, 116 h,
165 h, 218 h, 381 h, 721 h and 980 h. In case of sudden release of prestressing force the
measurements were taken in 1 h, 4 h, 17 h, 43 h, 70 h and 193 h.
Chapter 5
0.0
-0.2
-0.4
-0.6
-0.8
-1.0
-1.2
-1.4
-1.6
-1.8
-2.0
-2.2
15 kN
35 kN
55 kN
75 kN
95 kN
105 kN
115 kN
active side
0
200
400
passive side
600
800
125 kN
Concrete strains on the most compressed face of the beam were measured as discussed
in Section 5.2. All together 63 strain gauges were used for series PC-G and PC-S,
respectively. However, in case of series PC-S, several additional strain gauges were
used to study the effect of sudden release of prestressing force on the behaviour of endblock region by acoustic-emission method, which is not discussed here.
Measured concrete compressive strains along the total beam as a function of the
released prestressing force are summarised in Figure 5.4/a for series PC-G.
136 kN
0.0
-0.2
-0.4
-0.6
-0.8
-1.0
-1.2
-1.4
-1.6
-1.8
-2.0
-2.2
15 kN
35 kN
55 kN
75 kN
95 kN
105 kN
115 kN
15 kN
35 kN
55 kN
75 kN
95 kN
105 kN
115 kN
200
400
passive side
600
125 kN
active side
136 kN
55 kN
75 kN
95 kN
105 kN
115 kN
400
passive side
600
800
a)
125 kN
136 kN
35 kN
200
136 kN
400
500
600
700
800
900 1000
35 kN
55 kN
75 kN
95 kN
105 kN
115 kN
125 kN
f c = 39.85 MPa
100
200
300
136 kN
400
500
600
700
800
900 1000
300
15 kN
active side
200
0.0
-0.2
-0.4
-0.6
-0.8
-1.0
-1.2
-1.4
-1.6
-1.8
-2.0
-2.2
100
125 kN
f c = 37.58 MPa
0.0
-0.2
-0.4
-0.6
-0.8
-1.0
-1.2
-1.4
-1.6
-1.8
-2.0
-2.2
15 kN
35 kN
55 kN
75 kN
95 kN
105 kN
115 kN
125 kN
f c = 38.55 MPa
136 kN
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900 1000
b)
Figure 5.4: Measured concrete strain on the most compressed face of beams during
gradual release of prestressing force in case of series PC-G
a) Concrete strain measured at individual measuring points along the total beam
b) Calculated mean volumes of concrete strain on the half portion of beam
Chapter 5
active side
0
200
passive side
400
600
800
0h
18 h
25 h
44h
72 h
116 h
165 h
218 h
381 h
721 h
980 h
0.0
-0.5
-1.0
-1.5
-2.0
-2.5
-3.0
-3.5
-4.0
-4.5
-5.0
f c = 37.58 MPa
0
active side
0
200
passive side
400
600
800
100
200
0h
18 h
25 h
44 h
72 h
116 h
165 h
218 h
381 h
721 h
980 h
200
400
800
a)
700
800
900
1000
0h
18 h
25 h
44 h
72 h
116 h
165 h
218 h
381 h
721 h
980 h
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
600
passive side
600
500
f c = 39.85 MPa
active side
400
0.0
-0.5
-1.0
-1.5
-2.0
-2.5
-3.0
-3.5
-4.0
-4.5
-5.0
300
Concrete strain[0/00]
0h
18 h
25 h
44h
72 h
116 h
165 h
218 h
381 h
721 h
980 h
0.0
-0.5
-1.0
-1.5
-2.0
-2.5
-3.0
-3.5
-4.0
-4.5
-5.0
0h
18 h
25 h
44 h
72 h
116 h
165 h
218 h
381 h
721 h
980 h
f c = 38.55 MPa
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
b)
Figure 5.5: Measured concrete strains vs. time on the most compressed face of beams
after releasing the total prestressing force in case of series PC-G
a) Concrete strain measured at individual measuring points along the total beam
b) Calculated mean values of concrete strain on the half portion of beam
Chapter 5
Results indicate lower concrete strains on the active sides of beams, resulting
longer development length of prestressing force on the active side. Differences in the
concrete strains measured on the active and passive sides were even more significant
when the prestressing force was gradually released. However, after releasing the total
prestressing force the concrete compressive strains measured in time on the active side
corresponded to the strain values measured on the passive side resulting better strain
distribution as shown in Figure 5.5. However, sudden release of prestressing force result
rather symmetric strain distributions.
Additional concrete portion was placed at the cutting side of strand in order to
avoid the impact effect of prestressing force and the effect of friction. Therefore, the
response of the released side and of the fixed side was more similar. It was observed on
all the three specimens.
PC-S1 0 V% Dramix ZC 30/.5
-0.5
1h
-1.0
4h
-1.5
17 h
43 h
-2.0
70 h
-2.5
active side
-3.0
0
200
passive side
400
600
800
0.0
193 h
0.0
-0.5
0h
-1.0
4h
-1.5
17 h
43 h
-2.0
70 h
-2.5
-3.0
0
1h
-1.0
4h
-1.5
17 h
43 h
-2.0
70 h
active side
passive side
193 h
-3.0
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
-0.5
0h
-1.0
4h
-1.5
17 h
-2.0
43 h
70 h
-2.5
193 h
f c = 43.60 MPa
-3.0
0
200
400
600
800
1h
-1.0
4h
-1.5
16 h
39 h
-2.0
70 h
active side
-3.0
0
200
400
passive side
600
800
a)
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
0.0
185 h
-0.5
-2.5
100
0.0
200
0.0
-0.5
-2.5
100
0.0
193 h
f c = 42.70 MPa
-0.5
1h
-1.0
4h
-1.5
16 h
39 h
-2.0
70 h
-2.5
185 h
f c = 41.60 MPa
-3.0
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
b)
Figure 5.6: Measured concrete strain on the most compressed face of beams after
suddenly release of prestressing force in case of series PC-S
a) Concrete strain measured at individual measuring points along the total beam
b) Calculated mean volumes of concrete strain on the half portion of beam
1000
Chapter 5
2.2692
(5.1)
se ,0.5V % = 0.0119 p
2.4436
(5.2)
se ,1.0V % = 0.0087 p
2.6750
(5.3)
In Eqs. (5.1) to (5.3) se indicates the draw-in [mm] at the butt-end of specimens and p
indicates the strand strain [] corresponding to the released prestressing force.
Comparison of the released prestressing force versus draw-in relationships for 0
V%, 0.5 V% and 1.0 V% fibre contents indicates that fibre application produce lesser
draw-in of the prestressing strands.
Measured and corrected draw-in values effected by the steel fibre reinforcement
are summarised in Table 5.2 for various released prestressing force values. Table 5.2
indicates that the decrease of draw-in of strand within the practical range of 95 to
125 kN prestressing force is between 6 to 22 %. However, draw-ins for 0.5 V% and for
1.0 V% steel fibre contents were not significantly different.
Total release of prestressing force has been taken during 7 h. Draw-in of
prestressing strand was registered after release of total prestressing force in further
1000 h. Draw-in was measured on the active and on the passive sides of specimens.
Their mean values are summarised in Table 5.3. Time versus measured draw-in
relationships are presented in Figure 5.9.
Reliable determination of transfer length of prestressing strand is based on the
measured concrete deformations and on the prestressing strand strain versus draw-in
relationships. Calculation of transfer length at a given time after releasing the total
prestressing force also needs these relationships [Erdly (1996)]. Prestressing strand
Chapter 5
strain versus draw-in relationship at a given time is needed taking into consideration the
time-dependent phenomena appeared after the total release of prestressing force [Erdly
(1996)].
Modified prestressing strand strain versus draw-in relationships were determined
multiplying the functions developed in Eqs.(5.1) to (5.3) by the ratio of the measured
draw-in at the given time and the corrected value of draw-in determined at 135.8 kN
prestressing force. For example in case of beam PC-G3, the mean value of the measured
draw-in on the active and on the passive sides at 381 h after releasing the total
prestressing force was 1.6025 mm. The corrected draw-in of prestressing strand at 135.8
kN was 1.456 mm. Their ratio was 1.6025 / 1.456 = 1.1006 . Therefore, the modified
non-linear relationship according to Eq. (5.3) measured at 381 hours after the total
release of prestressing force is given by the following expression:
se = 0.0096 p
2.6750
Based on the method above the modified relationships for each specimen and for each
given time were developed and summarised in Tab. 5.4. Table 5.4 includes se P and
P se relationships as well.
Table 5.2: Draw-in of prestressing strand for series PC-G measured during gradual
release of prestressing force
Released
prestressing force
[kN]
15
35
55
75
95
105
115
125
135.8
PC-G1
0 V% Dramix ZC
30/.5
Mean Corrected
values
means
Mean
values
[mm]
0.065
0.252
0.500
0.871
1.216
1.455
1.705
2.011
2.256
[mm]
0.067
0.224
0.421
0.727
1.034
1.291
1.483
1.802
1.978
[mm]
0.000
0.071
0.216
0.483
0.724
0.911
1.110
1.363
1.553
PC-G2
0.5 V% Dramix ZC 30/.5
Corrected Reduction
means
in draw-in
[mm]
0.000
0.050
0.147
0.354
0.562
0.768
0.911
1.180
1.302
[%]
30
32
27
22
16
18
13
16
PC-G3
1.0 V% Dramix ZC 30/.5
Mean
values
[mm]
0.060
0.214
0.437
0.738
1.108
1.329
1.567
1.881
2.142
Corrected Reduction
means
in draw-in
[mm]
0.000
0.037
0.159
0.359
0.628
0.798
0.986
1.249
1.456
[%]
4-8
26
26
13
12
11
8
6
Chapter 5
160
1.553
140
draw-in
120
2.011
1.110
1.705
0.911
1.455
0.724
100
1.216
0.483
80
0.871
draw-in measured on
active side
mean draw-in
draw-in measured on
passive side
0.216
60
40
2.256
1.363
0.500
0.071
0.252
200.000
0.065
f c = 37.58 MPa
0.000
0 0.000
0.00 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.20 2.40 2.60
Draw-in of prestressing strand, s [mm]
PC-G2 - 0.5 V% Dramix ZC 30/.5
160
1.302
140
draw-in
120
1.802
0.911
1.483
0.768
draw-in measured on
active side
mean draw-in
1.291
0.562
100
1.034
0.354
80
0.727
0.147
60
40
1.978
1.180
0.421
draw-in measured on
passive side
0.050
0.224
200.000
0.067
f c = 39.85 MPa
0.000
0 0.000
0.00 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.20 2.40 2.60
Draw-in of prestressing strand, s [mm]
PC-G3 - 1.0 V% Dramix ZC 30/.5
160
1.456
140
draw-in
120
1.567
0.798
1.329
1.108
0.359
80
0.738
0.159
60
20
1.881
0.986
0.628
100
40
2.142
1.249
0.437
draw-in measured on
active side
mean draw-in
draw-in measured on
passive side
0.037
0.214
0.000
0.060
f c = 38.55 MPa
0.000
0 0.000
0.00 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.20 2.40 2.60
Draw-in of prestressing strand, s [mm]
Chapter 5
Strand strain, []
7.00
1.553
6.00
1.705
1.455
0.724
4.00
0.483
3.00
0.216
2.00
0.071
1.00
0.065
2.011
1.110
0.911
5.00
2.256
1.363
draw-in
1.216
0.4394
0 V% = 5.6304 s
0.871
s 0 V% = 0.0198 2.2692
0.500
0.252
f c = 37.58 MPa
0.00 0.000
0.00 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.20 2.40 2.60
Draw-in of prestressing strand, s [mm]
PC-G2 - 0.5 V% Dramix ZC 30/.5
8.00
Strand strain, []
7.00
7.011
draw-in
6.00
4.904
4.00
3.872
3.00
2.00
1.00
1.802
5.937
1.483
5.421
5.00
2.839
1.807
1.978
6.453
1.291
1.034
0.5 V% = 6.1254 s
0.727
0.421
0.224
0.4085
f c = 39.85 MPa
0.067
0.00 0.000
0.00 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.20 2.40 2.60
Draw-in of prestressing strand, s [mm]
PC-G3 - 1.0 V% Dramix ZC 30/.5
8.00
Strand strain, []
7.00
6.00
5.00
1.456
0.359
0.159
0.037
0.214
1.881
1.567
0.798
0.628
3.00
1.00
0.986
draw-in
4.00
2.00
2.142
1.249
1.329
1.108
0.738
0.437
0.060
f c = 38.55 MPa
0.00 0.000
0.00 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.20 2.40 2.60
Draw-in of prestressing strand, s [mm]
Chapter 5
Table 5.3: Draw-in of prestressing strand measured in time after releasing the total
prestressing force for series PC-G
PC-G1
0 V% Dramix ZC 30/.5
Time
PC-G2
0.5 V% Dramix ZC 30/.5
PC-G3
1.0 V% Dramix ZC 30/.5
[h]
Active
side
[mm]
Passive
side
[mm]
Mean
value
[mm]
Active
side
[mm]
Passive
side
[mm]
Mean
value
[mm]
Active
side
[mm]
Passive
side
[mm]
Mean
value
[mm]
0
18
25
44
72
116
165
213
381
721
980
2.0270
2.0870
2.0730
2.0710
2.0680
2.0510
2.0590
2.0490
2.0450
2.0590
2.1210
1.0800
1.1720
1.1700
1.1640
1.1620
1.1700
1.1810
1.1680
1.1890
1.2660
1.3080
1.554
1.630
1.622
1.618
1.615
1.611
1.620
1.609
1.617
1.663
1.715
1.6140
1.6640
1.6560
1.6460
1.6430
1.6270
1.6230
1.6110
1.6750
1.8870
1.9530
0.9900
1.0890
1.0890
1.0960
1.1050
1.0990
1.1190
1.1200
1.1880
1.2500
1.2790
1.3020
1.3765
1.3725
1.3710
1.3740
1.3630
1.3710
1.3655
1.4315
1.5685
1.6160
1.7140
1.7918
1.8220
1.8300
1.8210
1.8200
1.8290
1.8300
1.7680
2.0518
2.2680
1.1980
1.3017
1.3420
1.3370
1.3540
1.3600
1.3680
1.3710
1.4370
1.6010
1.7260
1.4560
1.5467
1.5820
1.5835
1.5875
1.5900
1.5985
1.6005
1.6025
1.8264
1.9970
Chapter 5
Draw-in, s [mm]
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
900
1000
900
1000
Draw-in, s [mm]
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
Draw-in, s [mm]
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
Figure 5.9: Draw-in of prestressing strand as a function of time after the total release
of prestressing force for series PC-G.
Chapter 5
PC-G1
0 V% Dramix ZC 30/.5
PC-G2
0.5 V% Dramix ZC 30/.5
PC-G3
1.0 V% Dramix ZC 30/.5
0.0198 p
2.2692
0.0119 p
2.4436
0.0087 p
2.6750
18
0.0208 p
2.2692
0.0126 p
2.4436
0.0092 p
2.6750
25
0.0207 p
2.2692
0.0125 p
2.4436
0.0095 p
2.6750
44
0.0206 p
2.2692
0.0125 p
2.4436
0.0095 p
2.6750
72
0.0206 p
2.2692
0.0126 p
2.4436
0.0095 p
2.6750
116
0.0205 p
2.2692
0.0125 p
2.4436
0.0095 p
2.6750
165
0.0207 p
2.2692
0.0125 p
2.4436
0.0096 p
2.6750
213
0.0205 p
2.2692
0.0125 p
2.4436
0.0096 p
2.6750
381
0.0206 p
2.2692
0.0131 p
2.4436
0.0096 p
2.6750
721
0.0212 p
2.2692
0.0143 p
2.4436
0.0109 p
2.6750
980
0.0219 p
2.2692
0.0148 p
2.4436
0.0119 p
2.6750
Draw-in of prestressing strand was measured in time after the sudden release of
prestressing force up to 1600 h. Draw-in was measured both on the active and on the
passive side as well. Mean values of the active and passive side draw-in measurements
are summarised in Table 5.5. Time versus draw-in relationships are presented in Figure
5.10.
Table 5.5: Draw-in of prestressing strand measured after
the sudden release of prestressing force for series PC-S
PC-S1
0 V% Dramix ZC 30/.5
Time
[h]
4
17
21
43
70
91
122
193
356
648
1564
Active
side
[mm]
-
Passive
side
[mm]
1.381
1.383
1.442
1.453
1.410
1.459
1.449
1.449
1.492
1.504
1.595
Mean
value
[mm]
-
PC-S2
0.5 V% Dramix ZC 30/.5
Active
side
[mm]
1.661
1.755
1.746
1.783
1.769
1.797
1.778
1.790
1.822
1.831
1.859
Passive
side
[mm]
1.163
1.206
1.316
1.312
1.277
1.304
1.273
1.259
1.307
1.362
1.523
Mean
value
[mm]
1.412
1.480
1.531
1.547
1.523
1.550
1.525
1.524
1.564
1.596
1.691
PC-S3
1.0 V% Dramix ZC 30/.5
Active
Side
[mm]
1.049
1.105
1.123
1.175
1.169
1.249
1.236
1.230
1.261
1.292
1.411
Passive
side
[mm]
1.304
1.343
1.378
1.398
1.399
1.411
1.400
1.391
1.409
1.426
1.650
Mean
value
[mm]
1.176
1.224
1.250
1.286
1.284
1.330
1.318
1.310
1.335
1.359
1.530
Chapter 5
Draw-in, s [mm]
1.60
1.40
1.20
1.00
0.80
0.60
0.40
0.20
0.00
0
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
1400
1600
1400
1600
1400
1600
Draw-in, s [mm]
1.60
1.40
1.20
1.00
mean draw-in
0.80
0.60
0.40
0.20
0.00
0
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
1.60
1.40
1.20
1.00
mean draw-in
0.80
0.60
0.40
0.20
0.00
0
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
Figure 5.10: Draw-in of prestressing strand as a function of time after the total release
of prestressing force for series PC-G.
Chapter 5
PC-G1
0 V% Dramix ZC 30/.5
0.255
0.930
1.665
2.470
3.310
3.930
4.520
5.180
5.935
PC-G2
0.5 V% Dramix ZC 30/.5
0.285
0.890
1.645
2.525
3.470
4.055
4.795
5.405
6.210
PC-G3
1.0 V% Dramix ZC 30/.5
0.360
1.070
1.900
2.850
3.970
4.515
5.155
5.955
6.840
160
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
0
0
10
Camber, e [mm]
Figure 5.11: Camber of prestressed pretensione concrete beams under gradual release
of prestressing force for series PC-G
Chapter 5
After releasing the total prestressing force, displacements of specimens were measured
in time to further 1000 h. Calculated camber of beams as a function of time after total
release are summarised in Table 5.7 and presented in Figure 5.12. In case of beam PCG2 and in case of PC-G3 displacement was only measurable up to 165 and 218 h.
As result indicates significant increment in camber was detected after releasing
the total prestressing force approximately up to 400-600 h in case of PC-G3 containing
1.0 V% fibre content. However, as shown in Figure 5.12 time versus camber
relationship suggests an asymptotic behaviour, which asymptote is given at around 14
mm for beams PC-G3.
PC-G1
0 V% Dramix ZC 30/.5
5.935
7.560
7.750
8.250
8.680
9.245
9.810
10.250
11.790
12.640
13.150
PC-G2
0.5 V% Dramix ZC 30/.5
6.210
7.850
8.100
8.670
9.140
9.830
10.370
-
PC-G3
1.0 V% Dramix ZC 30/.5
6.840
8.700
8.920
9.460
9.920
10.610
11.090
11.660
-
Camber, e [mm]
12
10
4
2
0
0
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
1400
1600
Chapter 5
Due to the sudden release placing of the measuring system detecting the displacements
of specimens on the beams was not possible. Therefore, theodolit was used to control
the displacements of cross-sections. Cambers are summarised in Table 5.8 and
presented in Figure 5.13.
Results indicate that lower cambers developed for Series PC-S which may
caused by the higher concrete compressive strength. However, similarly to Series PC-G,
1.0 V% fibre content result smaller camber.
Table 5.8: Camber of prestressed pretensioned concrete beams
measured in time after sudden release of prestressing force for series PC-S
Time
[h]
0
4
17
21
43
70
91
122
193
386
648
1564
PC-S1
0 V% Dramix ZC 30/.5
5.10
5.40
5.65
5.95
6.40
6.60
6.80
7.05
7.25
7.70
8.50
9.20
PC-S2
0.5 V% Dramix ZC 30/.5
5.55
5.90
6.45
6.85
6.95
7.45
8.15
8.45
8.95
9.50
10.30
12.20
PC-S3
1.0 V% Dramix ZC 30/.5
6.00
6.10
6.35
6.45
7.30
7.95
8.00
8.35
8.95
9.80
11.10
11.90
Camber, e [mm]
12
10
8
2
0
0
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
1400
1600
Figure 5.13: Camber of prestressed pretensione concrete beams in time after sudden
release of prestressing force for series PC-S
Chapter 5
/2
P0
se =
c d P d
2 AP EP 0
0
1
(5.4)
Chapter 5
2 Concrete
Concrete
section
Strain, []
1 Draw-in
Draw-in
2
Strand
section
3
Butt-end section
Half portion of specimen, x [mm]
Figure 5.14: Determination of transfer length of prestressing strand using both the
measured concrete strains and the draw-in of prestressing strand
xi-1c = xi-1P
dxi = dxi
xic = xiP
before prestressing
xi-1c* xi-1P*
xic*
xiP*
after prestressing
xic xiP
xi-1c xi-1P
dxic*
dxiP*
Chapter 5
The following relationship can be drawn for the concrete and for the prestressing strand
portion before the release of prestressing force:
dxic = dxiP
(5.5)
After releasing the prestressing force relative displacements occur on both sides of the
portions. The deformed length of the prestressing strand can be written as:
) (
(5.6)
where the relative displacements of the concrete portion can be expressed by the use of
the measured concrete strains in the sections i-1:th (i.e.: ic1 ) and i th (i.e.: ic ):
xic xic1 =
ic1 + ic
dxic / 1000
(5.7)
(5.8)
and hence,
P*
i
dx
= dx
c
i
ic1 + ic
2
Operating with the developed non-linear functions for the strand strain versus draw-in
relationships, relative displacements of the prestressing strand can be written in the
following forms:
( )
xiP1 = a iP1
( )
and xiP = a iP
(5.9)
dxiP* = dxic
ic1 + ic
2
(5.10)
However, deformation of the strand portion caused by the draw-in of strand can be
expressed by the use of the developed functions for the strand strain versus draw-in
relationships:
a (
( )
P b
i 1
P b
i
iP1 + iP
2
dxiP* / 1000
(5.11)
Eq. (5.10) an Eq. (5.11) define a non-linear equation system. Unknown parameters are
the strain of prestressing strand in the ith section developed by the draw-in (i.e.: iP ) at a
given prestressing force and the length of the strand portion defined between the i-1th
and ith sections after releasing the given prestressing force (i.e.: dxiP* ). Combining Eq.
(5.10) and Eq. (5.11) the following function is resulted:
( )
A iP
where
b +1
( )
( )
+ Bi iP + Ci iP + Di = 0
(5.12)
Chapter 5
A=
a
2
(5.13)
( )
a P
i 1 + 1000a
2
1
c +c
Ci = dxic i 1 i dxic / 1000 a iP1
2
2
Bi =
(5.14)
( )
Di =
1 P
c +c
i1 dxic i 1 i dxic / 1000 a iP1
2
2
( )
( )
(5.15)
( )
1000a iP1
(5.16)
Based on the measured concrete strains and the developed strand strain versus draw-in
relationships and the derived non-linear relationship in Eq. (5.12) transfer length of
prestressing strand can be calculated.
5.2.4.2 Transfer length of prestressing strand for series PC-G
Calculation method of transfer length of strand discussed in the previous section yields
to the following non-linear equation systems for specimens PC-G1, PC-G2 and PC-G3,
respectively:
P*
i
dx
= dx
c
i
ic1 + ic
( )
0 = 19.8
dxiP* = dxic
dxiP* = dxic
P 2 , 4436
i 1
ic1 + ic
P
i 1
2 , 6750
( )
19.8
ic1 + ic
( )
0 = 8 .7
P 2 , 2692
i 1
( )
0 = 11.9
( )
2 , 2692
( )
( )
( )
( )
11.9
2.4436
( )
( )
( )
2.6750
( )
+ 0.0087 iP
( )
1
1
iP1 dxiP* iP dxiP*
2
2
(5.17)
2.4436
( )
( )
8 .7
( )
+ 0.0119 iP
1
1
iP1 dxiP* iP dxiP*
2
2
2 , 2692
1
1
iP1 dxiP* iP dxiP*
2
2
( )
+ 0.0198 iP
(5.18)
2.6750
(5.19)
By defining the length of the deformed prestressing strand portions and the
strand strains caused by the draw-in, transfer length can be expressed.
Results of calculations are graphically summarised in Figures 5.16 to 5.18 for
RC-G1, RC-G2 and RC-G3, respectively. Horizontal axis of the diagram indicates the
place of the cross sections where concrete deformations were measured and calculated
on the half portion of beam, vertical axis denotes the strains (i.e. concrete and strand
strains) calculated at the level of the prestressing strand. Transfer length of strand was
calculated at each load step which is represented by horizontal dotted lines. Calculated
effective prestressing forces based on the deformation of prestressing strand are also
given. The vertical dotted lines denote the concrete cross-sections where draw-in does
not occur, hence, transfer length is fully developed. Transfer length versus released
Chapter 5
PC-G1
0 V% Dramix ZC 30/.5
80.000
150.926
203.885
273.240
310.528
346.107
388.285
420.191
PC-G2
0.5 V% Dramix ZC 30/.5
50.261
82.551
147.892
208.229
240.123
272.581
310.148
345.974
PC-G3
1.0 V% Dramix ZC 30/.5
45.635
86.901
145.746
215.936
250.617
299.033
335.890
395.610
5.2.4.3 Proposal
Chapter 5
= b
(5.20)
Dramix
ZC 30/.5
PC-G1
PC-G2
PC-G3
37.58
39.85
38.55
63
61
62
34
28
32
63
52
59
Table 5.12: Proposal for the modified b parameters taking into account steel fibre
bp
= b )
b
25
75
65
70
50
50
40
45
Chapter 5
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
Concret
Concrete
1
L = 80.000 mm
Strain, []
L = 150.926 mm
3
Draw-in
L = 203.885 mm
Prestressing strand
P0 = 75 kN P0 = 3.872 Peff. = 67.8 kN
4
L = 273.24 mm
P0 = 95 kN P0 = 4.904 Peff. = 85.1 kN
5
L = 310.528 mm
L = 346.107 mm
L = 388.285 mm
L = 420.191 mm
7
Figure 5.16: Transfer length of prestressing strand under gradual release for beam
PC-G1 containing 0 V% Dramix ZC 30/.5 hooked-end steel fibres
Chapter 5
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
Concrete
1
L = 50.261 mm
Strain, []
L = 82.551 mm
3
Draw-in
L = 147.892 mm
Prestressing strand
P0 = 75 kN P0 = 3.872 Peff. = 68.8 kN
4
L = 208.229 mm
P0 = 95 kN P0 = 4.904 Peff. = 86.2 kN
5
L = 240.123 mm
L = 272.581 mm
L = 310.148 mm
P0 = 125 kN P0 = 6.453 Peff. = 110.8 kN
L = 345.974 mm
Figure 5.17: Transfer length of prestressing strand under gradual release for beam
PC-G2 containing 0.5 V% Dramix ZC 30/.5 hooked-end steel fibres
Chapter 5
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
Concrete
1
L = 45.635 mm
L = 86.901 mm
Strain, []
Draw-in
L = 145.746 mm
Prestressing strand
P0 = 75 kN P0 = 3.872 Peff. = 67.9 kN
L = 215.936 mm
5
L = 250.617 mm
L = 299.033 mm
L = 335.890 mm
L = 395.610 mm
Figure 5.18: Transfer length of prestressing strand under gradual release for beam
PC-G3 containing 1.0 V% Dramix ZC 30/.5 hooked-end steel fibres
Chapter 5
400
350
300
250
200
150
100
50
0
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
400
350
300
250
200
150
100
50
0
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
Chapter 5
Mixture
Release of
prestressing force
Gradual Sudden
PC-G1
PC-G2
PC-G3
PC-S1
PC-S2
PC-S3
REF-3
FRC-3 0.5ZC 30/.5
Dramix ZC 30/.5
FRC-3 1.0ZC 30/.5
REF-4
0.5
FRC-4
ZC 30/.5
Dramix ZC 30/.5
1.0
FRC-4 ZC 30/.5
S:
shear failure
B:
bending failure
SP:
failure caused by the splitting of concrete cover
Compressive
strength
fc [MPa]
37.58
39.85
38.55
42.70
43.60
41.60
Failure
load
Fu [kN]
8.20
8.85
9.45
12.70
12.60
12.00
Age at
testing
[day]
128
128
128
98
98
98
Failure
Mode
S
S+B
B
B+SP
B+S+SP
B+S+SP
Chapter 5
Notation
Fibre
reinforcement
No fibre
Failure load
Stirrup
reinforcement
Fu = 8.20 kN
No stirrups
Failure
mode
PC-G1
Shear
0.5 V%
Fu = 8.85 kN
No stirrups
PC-G2
1.0 V%
Fu = 9.45 kN
Shear
Bending
No stirrups
PC-G3
Bending
No fibre
Fu = 12.70 kN
No stirrups
PC-S1
0.5 V%
Fu = 12.60 kN
No stirrups
Fu = 12.00 kN
No stirrups
PC-S2
1.0 V%
PC-S3
Bending
Splitting
Bending
Shear
Splitting
Bending
Shear
Splitting
Chapter 5
14
Load, F [kN]
Load, F [kN]
10
8
6
4
PC-G2 - 0.5 V% Dramix ZC 30/.5
12
12
10
8
6
2
0
0
-20
-15
-10
-5
10
15
20
25
30
10
14
12
12
10
10
Load, F [kN]
Load, F [kN]
14
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
8
6
4
15
0
-20
-15
-10
-5
10
15
20
25
30
0
0
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
Figure 5.22: Load vs. mid-point deflection realtionships for steel fibre
reinforced prestressed pretensioned concrete beams
45
50
Chapter 5
Table 5.14: Mid-point deflection at failure load and ultimate mid-point deflection of
steel fibre reinforced prestressed pretensioned concrete beams
Fiber type
Mixture
Release of
Failure
amid,f
amid,t
amid,f
Failure
prestressing force
load at failure ultimate
amid,t
mode
Gradual Sudden Fu [kN]
[mm]
[mm]
REF-3
PC-G1
8.20
14.32
23.31
0.61
S
0.5
FRC-3
PC-G2
8.85
28.30
30.64
0.92
S+B
ZC 30/.5
Dramix ZC 30/.5
9.45
44.29
44.29
1.00
B
FRC-3 1.0ZC 30/.5 PC-G3
REF-4
PC-S1
12.70
22.00
24.00
0.92
B+SP
FRC-4 0.5ZC 30/.5
PC-S2
12.60
20.00
22.50
0.89
B+S+SP
Dramix ZC 30/.5
1.0
PC-S3
12.00
18.50
26.50
0.70
B+S+SP
FRC-4 ZC 30/.5
S: shear failure
B: bending failure
SP: failure caused by the splitting of concrete cover
5.3 Conclusions
Based on the experimental and theoretical results of bending behaviour of prestressed
pretensioned steel fibre reinforced concrete beams the following conclusions can be
drawn:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Chapter 6
Chapter 6
Behaviour of steel fibre reinforced concrete
deep beams in shear
16 steel fibre reinforced concrete deep beams were tested in shear. Experimental
parameters were the applied fibre content (75 kg/m3, 150 kg/m3), the concrete mix
proportions (FRC-1 and FRC-2), the geometry of the specimens (Db-a and DB-b)
and the characteristic fibre orientation. Experimental constants were the type of
steel fibres (Dramix ZP 305). Conventional reinforcements (longitudinal or
transversal steel bar) were not applied.
Purposes of the tests were to study the effect of fibre content and fibre orientation
on the shear properties of steel fibre reinforced concrete deep beams.
Keywords: deep beam, fibre orientation, shear test, shear strength, size effect
165
Chapter 6
Two characteristic fibre directions were introduced in the material during casting
as discussed in Chapter 2. They were perpendicular to each other and noted by roman
numbers I and II, respectively.
Deep beam specimens made of concrete types FRC-1 (FRC-175ZP 305 and FRC150
1 ZP 305) and FRC-2 (FRC-275ZP 305 and FRC-2150ZP 305).
Specimens were cast and sawn out of slabs in the Laboratory of Department of
Reinforced Concrete Structures and Department of Construction Materials and
Engineering Geology, University of Technology Budapest.
Experimental parameters are summarised in Table 6.1.
Db-a
500170100 mm
Db-b
82034080 mm
500 mm
170 mm
100 mm
340 mm
80 mm
820 mm
Figure 6.1: Geometry of steel fibre reinforced concrete deep beam specimens
Table 6.1: Experimental parameters of steel fibre reinforced concrete deep beams
Date of Age at
Notation Concrete Fibre Characteristic Date of
testing testing
No. of deep
mix
content fibre direction casting
3
[day]
beam
[kg/m ]
1
DB-a1
I
05.11.99. 30.11.01. 755
75
2
DB-a2
II
05.11.99. 30.11.01. 755
FRC-1
3
DB-a3
I
08.12.99. 30.11.01. 715
150
4
DB-a4
II
08.12.99. 30.11.01. 715
5
DB-a5
I
05.11.99. 30.11.01. 755
75
6
DB-a6
II
05.11.99. 30.11.01. 755
FRC-2
7
DB-a7
I
08.12.99. 30.11.01. 715
150
8
DB-a8
II
08.12.99. 30.11.01. 715
9
DB-b1
I
05.11.99. 21.11.01. 746
75
10
DB-b2
II
05.11.99. 20.11.01. 745
FRC-1
11
DB-b3
I
08.12.99. 19.11.01. 702
150
12
DB-b4
II
08.12.99. 20.11.01. 703
13
DB-b5
I
05.11.99. 20.11.01. 745
75
14
DB-b6
II
05.11.99. 21.11.01. 746
FRC-2
15
DB-b7
I
08.12.99. 19.11.01. 702
150
16
DB-b8
II
08.12.99. 20.11.01. 703
166
Chapter 6
Db-b
82034080 mm
Db-a
500170100 mm
/3
/3
/3
/3
/3
/3
Figure 6.2: Schematic arrangements for shear tests of steel fibre reinforced concrete
deep beams
167
Chapter 6
Active cross-head
Testing machine
Load-cell
LVDT
LVDT
/3
/3
/3
Passive cross-head
Photo 6.1: Test set-up and test arrangement for shear test of steel fibre reinforced
concrete deep beams DB-a
168
Chapter 6
Considerable effect of the characteristic fibre direction was obtained for both
types of specimens. Higher shear strengths were achieved when the characteristic fibre
direction was perpendicular to the shear force (notation: II) related to the other case
when the characteristic fibre direction was parallel to shear force (notation I.).
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Table 6.2: Results of shear test for steel fibre reinforced concrete deep beams
Notatio
Concrete
Concrete Failure Ultimate
Shear Mean shear
n of
composition
strength
load
shear
strength
strength
deep
at 28
force
beam
days
Fu [kN] Vu [kN] u [Mpa]
75
DB-a1 FRC-1 ZP 305 I
338
169
9.87
39.10
11.23
75
FRC-1
ZP 305 II
DB-a2
436
218
12.59
150
DB-a3 FRC-1 ZP 305 I
492
246
13.85
33.48
13.86
150
FRC-1
ZP 305 II
DB-a4
498
249
13.86
75
DB-a5 FRC-2 ZP 305 I
362
181
10.46
44.04
12.34
75
DB-a6 FRC-2 ZP 305 II
488
244
14.21
150
DB-a7 FRC-2 ZP 305 I
452
226
12.88
36.80
13.27
150
DB-a8 FRC-2 ZP 305 II
474
237
13.64
75
DB-b1 FRC-1 ZP 305 I
464
232
7.90
39.10
8.20
75
DB-b2 FRC-1 ZP 305 II
496
248
8.50
150
DB-b3 FRC-1 ZP 305 I
570
285
9.49
33.48
9.75
150
DB-b4 FRC-1 ZP 305 II
570
285
10.01
75
DB-b5 FRC-2 ZP 305 I
466
233
7.94
44.04
8.79
75
FRC-2
ZP 305 II
DB-b6
570
285
9.64
150
DB-b7 FRC-2 ZP 305 I
510
255
8.59
36.80
9.22
150
FRC-2
ZP 305 II
DB-b8
576
288
9.84
169
Chapter 6
u = 9.87 MPa
Vu = 169 kN
Dba-2 FRC-1 75 kg/m3 Dramix ZP 305
u = 12.59 MPa
Vu = 218 kN
Dba-3 FRC-1 150 kg/m3 Dramix ZP 305
u = 13.85 MPa
Vu = 246 kN
Dba-4 FRC-1 150 kg/m3 Dramix ZP 305
u = 13.86 MPa
Vu = 249 kN
Dba-5 FRC-2 75 kg/m3 Dramix ZP 305
u = 10.46 MPa
Vu = 181 kN
Dba-6 FRC-2 75 kg/m3 Dramix ZP 305
u = 14.21 MPa
Vu = 244 kN
Dba-7 FRC-2 150 kg/m3 Dramix ZP
305
u = 12.88 MPa
Vu = 226 kN
Dba-8 FRC-2 150 kg/m3 Dramix ZP 305
u = 13.64 MPa
Vu = 237 kN
Photo 6.2: Experimental results of shear tests for steel fibre reinforced concrete deep
beams denoted by Db-a. First and second columns represent the two sides of specimens,
respectively. Ultimate shear loads, shear strengths and characteristic fibre directions
are indicated on the photos.
170
Chapter 6
u = 7.90 MPa
Vu = 232 kN
Dbb-2 FRC-1 75 kg/m3 Dramix ZP 305
u = 8.50 MPa
Vu = 248 kN
Dbb-3 FRC-1 150 kg/m3 Dramix ZP 305
u = 9.49 MPa
Vu = 285 kN
Dbb-4 FRC-1 150 kg/m3 Dramix ZP 305
u = 10.01 MPa
Vu = 285 kN
Dbb-5 FRC-2 75 kg/m3 Dramix ZP 305
u = 7.94 MPa
Vu = 233 kN
Dbb-6 FRC-2 75 kg/m3 Dramix ZP 305
u = 9.64 MPa
Vu = 285 kN
Dbb-7 FRC-2 150 kg/m3 Dramix ZP 305
u = 8.59 MPa
Vu = 255 kN
Dbb-8 FRC-2 150 kg/m3 Dramix ZP 305
u = 9.84 MPa
Vu = 288 kN
Photo 6.3: Experimental results of shear tests for steel fibre reinforced concrete deep
beams denoted by Db-b. First and second columns represent the two sides of specimens,
respectively. Ultimate shear loads, shear strengths and characteristic fibre directions
are indicated on the photos.
171
Chapter 6
30
30
FRC-2
FRC-1
20
I.
II.
13.86
13.85
12.59
25
II.
15
10
9.87
25
30
Db-a2
Db-a3
I.
II.
I.
14.21
15
II.
12.88
13.64
Db-a7
Db-a8
10.46
10
Db-a4
Db-a5
30
FRC-2
I.
II.
15
I.
II.
14.21
12.59
10.46
9.87
Db-a6
25
Shear strength, [MPa]
25
Shear strength, [MPa]
0
Db-a1
10
20
20
FRC-1
FRC-2
20
I.
II.
15
13.85
13.86
Db-a3
Db-a4
I.
II.
12.88
13.64
Db-a7
Db-a8
10
5
0
Db-a1
Db-a2
Db-a5
Db-a6
Figure 6.3: Shear strength (Vu / A) of steel fibre reinforced concrete deep beams noted
by Db-a. Vertical and horizontal strips in the diagrams indicate parallel and
perpendicular characteristic fibre direction to the shear force, respectively. Blue and
red colours indicate concrete mixes FRC-1 and FRC-2, respectively.
30
20
II.
II.
15
10
8.50
7.90
10.01
9.49
25
Shear strength, [MPa]
25
30
FRC-1
Db-b2
Db-b3
I.
II.
15
10
Db-b4
9.64
7.94
Db-b5
30
9.84
8.59
FRC-1
I.
FRC-2
II.
I.
II.
15
7.90
8.50
7.94
Db-b7
Db-b8
9.64
25
Db-b6
30
II.
Db-b1
10
I.
20
20
FRC-2
75 kg/m3 Dramix ZP 305
hooked-end steel fibres
20
FRC-1
FRC-2
I.
II.
9.49
10.01
Db-b3
Db-b4
I.
II.
15
10
8.59
9.84
0
Db-b1
Db-b2
Db-b5
Db-b6
Db-b7
Db-b8
Figure 6.4: Shear strength (Vu / A) of steel fibre reinforced concrete deep beams noted
by Db-b Vertical and horizontal strips in the diagrams indicate parallel and
perpendicular characteristic fibre direction to the shear force, respectively. Blue and
red colours indicate concrete mixes FRC-1 and FRC-2, respectively.
172
Chapter 6
30
30
FRC-1
20
75 kg/m
Dramix
ZP 305
150 kg/m
Dramix
ZP 305
13.86
15
11.23
75 kg/m
Dramix
ZP 305
FRC-1
12.34
25
150 kg/m
Dramix
ZP 305
13.26
10
25
FRC-2
75 kg/m
Dramix
ZP 305
150 kg/m
Dramix
ZP 305
15
10
8.20
9.75
8.79
9.22
Mean of Db-b5
and DB-b6
Mean of Db-b7
and DB-b8
0
Mean of Db-a1
and DB-a2
Mean of Db-a3
and DB-a4
Mean of Db-a5
and DB-a6
Mean of Db-a7
and DB-a8
Mean of Db-b1
and DB-b2
30
30
75 kg/m3 Dramix ZP 305
hooked-end steel fibres
Db-a: 500170100 mm
FRC-1
15
11.23
FRC-2
Db-b: 82034080 mm
FRC-1
FRC-2
12.34
10
8.20
8.79
20
15
Mean of Db-b3
and DB-b4
25
Shear strength, [MPa]
25
Shear strength, [MPa]
FRC-2
3
150 kg/m
Dramix
ZP 305
20
20
75 kg/m
Dramix
ZP 305
Db-a: 500170100 mm
FRC-1
FRC-2
13.86
13.26
10
Db-b: 82034080 mm
FRC-1
FRC-2
9.75
9.22
Mean of Db-b3
and DB-b4
Mean of Db-b7
and DB-b8
0
Mean of Db-a1
and DB-a2
Mean of Db-a5
and DB-a6
Mean of Db-b1
and DB-b2
Mean of Db-b5
and DB-b6
Mean of Db-a3
and DB-a4
Mean of Db-a7
and DB-a8
Figure 6.5: Variation of shear strength effect by the concrete composition and Dramix
ZP 305 hooked-end steel fibre content
6.3 Conclusions
Based on the experimental results on shear tests of steel fibre reinforced concrete deep
beams the following main conclusions can be drawn:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Shear capacity of deep beams were experimentally studied by applying only high
steel fibre contents (75 kg/m3 and 150 kg/m3). The observed increment in shear
strengths (Vu/bd) was 5% and 36% by increasing the steel fibre content from
75 kg/m3 (~1.0 V%) to 150 kg/m3 (~2.0 V%).
Variation of shear strength was proportional to the variation of compressive
strength. Higher increment in shear strength was obtained when the compressive
strength was higher.
Shear strength was influenced by the characteristic fibre direction applying
relatively high steel fibre contents (75 kg/m3 and 150 kg/m3). Higher shear
strengths were observed when the characteristic fibre direction was perpendicular
to the shear force related to the other cases when the characteristic fibre direction
was parallel to the shear force.
Size effect was observed on shear strength of deep beams. Higher shear strength
was obtained in the case of specimens Db-a (500170100 mm) than in the case
of specimens Db-b (82034080 mm).
173
Chapter 7
Chapter 7
Behaviour of steel fibre reinforced concrete slabs
in bending
Chapter 7 deals with an experimental study on the structural behaviour of steel
fibre reinforced concrete slabs. Experimental parameters were the concrete mix
proportions (FRC-1 and FRC-2), the fibre contents (75 kg/m3 and 150 kg/m3 steel
fibres) and the privilege fibre directions. Experimental constants were the
geometry of slabs (60060050 mm), the type of steel fibres (Dramix ZP 305
hooked-end steel fibre) and the developed test method.
Purpose of the test was to study the structural performances of concrete slabs
affected by steel fibre content and characteristic fibre direction.
Crack patterns at failure, failure loads, as well as load - deflection relationships
were registered.
Keywords: concrete slab, steel fibre reinforced concrete, bending behaviour, failure load,
crack pattern, load-deflection relationship
175
Chapter 7
600 mm
50 mm
600 mm
Figure 7.1: Geometry of steel fibre reinforced concrete slabs
Table 7.1: Experimental parameters of steel fibre reinforced concrete slab tests
No. Notation Concrete
Fibre
Fibre
Date of
Date of
Age of
of slab
type
type
content
casting
testing
slab at
testing
[kg/m3]
[day]
1
S-1
75
05.11.99
06.02.02
821
FRC-1
2
S-2
Dramix
150
08.12.99
08.02.02
790
3
S-3
ZP 305
75
05.11.99
07.02.02
822
FRC-2
4
S-4
150
08.12.99
08.02.02
790
Since the configuration of slabs was quadratic only one characteristic fibre orientation
was introduced.
Slabs made of concrete mixes FRC-1 (FRC-175ZP 305 and FRC-1150ZP 305) and
FRC-2 (FRC-275ZP 305 and FRC-2150ZP 305). Specimens manufactured in the Laboratory
of Department of Reinforced Concrete Structures, and Department of Construction
Materials and Engineering Geology, Budapest University of Technology and
Economics.
Experimental parameters containing date of casting and date of testing are
summarised in Table. 7.1.
Chapter 7
Testing machine
Active cross-head
Load-cell
x /3
x /3
LVDT
Privilege fibre
orientation
LVDT
SFRC slab
Steel frame support
Passive cross-head
Photo 7.1: Test set-up and test arrangement for bending test of steel fibre reinforced
concrete slabs
characteristic fibre orientation should always be in one direction as shown in Photo 7.1.
Load was determined according to the measuring of the load-cell placed between the
central point of slabs and the active cross-head of Instron. Rate of cross-head
displacement was 0.2 mm/min. Avoiding the damage of test set-up maximum measured
deflection in the third point of the span was 8 mm ( /75). Tests were performed in the
Laboratory of Department of Construction Materials and Engineering Geology.
Chapter 7
Table 7.2: Cracking loads and failure loads of steel fibre reinforced concrete slabs
No.
Notation
of
slabs
Concrete
mix
Fcr
[kN]
Fu
[kN]
1
2
3
4
S-1
S-2
S-3
S-4
FRC-175ZP 305
FRC-1150ZP 305
FRC-275ZP 305
FRC-2150ZP 305
10.15
17.46
11.13
21.06
28.73
32.46
32.23
40.51
80
70
Load, F [kN]
60
50
FRC-1
3
75 kg/m
Dramix
ZP 305
10
0
Fu
10.15
Fcr
150 kg/m
Dramix
ZP 305
28.73
30
Increment Increment
in failure in failure
load
load
75 kg/m3
FRC-1
vs
vs.
150 kg/m3 FRC-2
ref.
ref.
+ 13 %
ref.
ref.
+ 12 %
+ 25 %
+ 25 %
FRC-2
40
20
Increment Increment
in cracking in cracking
load
load
150 kg/m3
FRC-2
vs.
vs.
75 kg/m3
FRC-1
ref.
ref.
+ 72 %
ref.
ref.
+ 10 %
+ 89 %
+ 21 %
75 kg/m
Dramix
ZP 305
32.46
32.23
Fu
Fu
17.46
11.13
Fcr
150 kg/m
Dramix
ZP 305
40.51
Fu
21.06
Fcr
Fcr
Figure 7.2: Cracking load and failure load of steel fibre reinforced concrete slabs
made of concrete mix FRC-1 and FRC-2 applying 75 kg/m3 and 150 kg/m3 ZP 305
Dramix hooked-end steel fibres
Results indicate that significant increment in cracking load was obtained by
applying 150 kg/m3 Dramix ZP 305 hooked-end steel fibres related to slabs containing
75 kg/m3 Dramix ZP 305 hooked-end steel fibres. However, cracking loads of slabs
were not significantly effected by the concrete mix proportions.
When the fibre content was 75 kg/m3, 10.15 kN ( for S-1) and 11.13 kN (for S-3)
cracking load was obtained for slabs made of concrete type FRC-1 and FRC-2,
respectively. Otherwise, 17.46 kN (for S-2, made of FRC-1) and 21.06 kN (for S-4,
made of FRC-2) was the cracking load for slabs applying 150 kg/m3 steel fibres.
Consequently, more or less the same increment in cracking load was obtained in the
case of mix FRC-1 (72 %) and in the case of mix FRC-2 (89 %). In contrary to the
significant increment in cracking load by the increase of fibre content, cracking load
was not considerably effected by the change of concrete mix from FRC-1 to FRC-2.
Increment in cracking load was 10 % ( for S-3, made of FRC-2), and 21 % (for S-4,
made of FRC-2) when 75 kg/m3 and 150 kg/m3 steel fibres were applied, related to slab
S-1 (FRC-1) and S-2 (FRC-1), respectively.
178
Chapter 7
Failure load increased by applying 150 kg/m3 steel fibres related to slab
containing 75 kg/m3 steel fibres. By the use of 150 kg/m3 steel fibres 13 % (for S-2,
made of FRC-1, Fu = 32.46 kN) and 25 % (for S-4, made of FRC-2, Fu = 40.51 kN)
increment in failure load was achieved related to slabs S-1 (FRC-1, Fu = 28.73 kN) and
S-3 (FRC-2, Fu = 32.23 kN), containing 75 kg/m3 steel fibres, respectively. By the
change of concrete type from FRC-1 to FRC-2, 12 % (for S-3, made of FRC-2, 75
kg/m3) and 25 % (for S-4, made of FRC-2, 150 kg/m3) increment was obtained related
to slabs S-1 (made of FRC-1, 75 kg/m3) and S-2 (made of FRC-1, 150 kg/m3),
respectively.
Chapter 7
Table 7.3: Measured deflections at cracking load and at failure load of steel fibre
reinforced concrete slabs
Notation Concrete type
of slab
1
2
3
4
S-1
S-2
S-3
S-4
FRC-175ZP 305
FRC-1150ZP 305
FRC-275ZP 305
FRC-2150ZP 305
10
FRC-1
9
Deflection, a [mm]
8
7
6
75 kg/m3
Dramix
ZP 305
5
4
3.49
au
2
1
0
aFcr
aFu Increment in Increment in
[mm] [mm] deflection at deflection at
cracking 150
cracking
kg/m3 vs 75
FRC-2 vs.
kg/m3
FRC-1
0.82 3.49
ref.
ref.
1.48 5.03
+ 80 %
ref.
1.10 3.57
ref.
+ 34 %
1.83 4.33
+ 66 %
+ 24 %
0.82
acr
Increment in
deflection at
failure load
150 kg/m3 vs
75 kg/m3
ref.
+ 44 %
ref.
+ 21 %
Increment in
deflection at
failure load
FRC-2 vs.
FRC-1
ref.
ref.
+2%
+ 21 %
FRC-2
3
150 kg/m
Dramix
ZP 305
5.03
75 kg/m
Dramix
ZP 305
150 kg/m
Dramix
ZP 305
4.33
au
3.57
au
1.48
1.10
acr
acr
au
1.83
acr
Figure 7.3: Measured deflections at cracking load and at failure load of steel fibre
reinforced concrete slabs made of concrete mix FRC-1 and FRC-2 applying 75 kg/m3
and 150 kg/m3 Dramix ZP 305 hooked-end steel fibres
Chapter 7
45
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
a = (a1+a2)/2
F u = 28.73 kN
a Fu = 3.49 mm
45
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
a1
F
a2
F cr = 10.15 kN
a cr = 0.82 mm
3 4 5 6 7
Deflection, a [mm]
F cr = 11.13 kN
a cr = 1.10 mm
a1
l/3 l/3 l/3
3 4 5 6 7
Deflection, a [mm]
F
a2
a = (a1+a2)/2
45
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
10
Load, F [kN]
Load, F [kN]
Load, F [kN]
Load, F [kN]
10
45
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
a1
a cr = 1.83 mm
2
10
F u = 40.51 kN
a Fu = 4.33 mm
F cr = 21.06 kN
a = (a1+a2)/2
3 4 5 6 7
Deflection, a [mm]
S-4 FRC-2
150 kg/m3
ZP 305
F
a2
a1
l/3
l/3 l/3
3 4 5 6 7
Deflection, a [mm]
F
a2
a = (a1+a2)/2
10
Figure 7.4: Load vs. deflection relationships for steel fibre reinforced concrete slabs
Fu = 32.46 kN
Fu = 28.73 kN
Fu = 32.23 kN
Fu = 40.51 kN
Photo 7.2: Crack patterns and failure loads of steel fibre reinforced concrete slabs.
Characteristic fibre directions are indicated on the photos.
181
Chapter 7
Load, F [kN]
40
40.51
30
20
150 kg/m
S-1
32.46
3
150 kg/m
17.46
10
S-3
32.23
28.73
21.06
S-2
Cracking
75 kg/m
11.13
10.15
S-4
75 kg/m
0
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
50
Figure 7.5: Cracking load as well as failure load of steel fibre reinforced concrete
slabs as a function of the concrete strength and Dramix ZP 305 hooked-end steel fibre
content. Dotted lines and continuous lines indicate the cracking load and failure load,
respectively.
50
S-1
Load, F [kN]
40
FRC-1
30
FRC-1
Failure
40.51
FRC-2
32.46
20
17.46
10
S-3
32.23
28.73
Cracking
21.06
FRC-2
S-2
S-4
11.13
10.15
0
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
50
Figure 7.6: Cracking load as well as failure load of steel fibre reinforced concrete
slabs as a function of the concrete strength and the concrete compositions (FRC-1 and
FRC-2). Dotted lines and continuous lines indicate the cracking load and failure load,
respectively.
182
Chapter 7
7.3 Conclusions
Based on the experimental results on bending tests of steel fibre reinforced concrete
slabs the following main conclusions can be drawn:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
New test method as well as test set-up were developed for bending test of simply
supported steel fibre reinforced concrete slabs.
Cracking load of steel-fibre reinforced concrete slabs are strongly effect by the
applied steel fibre content and the concrete mix.
Failure load of steel-fibre reinforced concrete slabs are also strongly effect by the
applied fibre content and the used concrete mix.
Deflection measured at cracking load of steel-fibre reinforced concrete slabs is
effect by the applied steel fibre content and the used concrete mix.
Deflection measured at failure load of steel-fibre reinforced concrete slabs are
effect by the applied steel fibre content and the used concrete mix.
Significant post cracking behaviour was observed after cracking of steel fibre
reinforced concrete slabs which was proportional to the applied steel fibre
content.
Crack propagation and crack distribution of slabs were effect by the
characteristic fibre direction. Direction of the main crack propagation was more or
less parallel to the characteristic fibre direction.
Steel fibre reinforcement can effectively be used to reduce crack width, to
control crack propagation and crack distribution of steel fibre reinforced concrete
slabs. Smaller amount of cracks were developed applying higher steel fibre
content.
183
References
References
Publications
Abrishami, H.H., Mitchell, D. (1996) Analysis of Bond Stress Distribution in Pullout
Specimens, Journal of Structural Engineering, Vol. 122, No. 3, March, 1996, pp. 255261.
Acharya, D.N., Kemp, K.O. (1965) Significance of Dowel Forces on the Shear
Failure of Rectangular Reinforced Concrete beams Without Web Reinforcement,
Journal of the American Concrete Institute, Proceedings Vol. 62, No. 10, October,
1965, pp. 1265-1279.
ACI (1987) "Fiber Reinforced Concrete Properties and Applications", ACI SP-105,
Detroit, Michigan, 1987.
ACI Committee 544 (1984) "Guide for Specifying Mixing, Placing, and Finishing
Steel Fiber Reinforced Concrete", ACI SP-81, 1984, pp. 441-447.
ACI Committee 544 (1986) "State-of-the-Art Report on Fiber Reinforced Concrete",
ACI Committee Report, 1986.
ACI Committee 544 (1988) Design Considerations for Steel Fiber Reinforced
Concrete, ACI Committee Report, ACI Structural Journal, September-October, 1988,
pp. 563-580.
ACI Committee 211 (1989) "Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal,
Heavyweight, and Mass Concrete", ACI 211.1-89, American Concrete Institute, Detroit,
Michigan 1989, 38 p.
ACI Committee 215 (1990) "Considerations for Design of Concrete Structures
Subjected to Fatigue Loading", ACI Manual of Concrete Practice, 1990, Part I, pp. 2151 to 215-25.
Agarwal, B., and Brountman, L. (1980) "Analysis and Performance of Fiber
Composites", John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1980, pp. 78-81.
Anderson, N.S., Ramirez, J.A. (1989) Detailing of Stirrup Reinforcement, ACI
Structural Journal, Vol. 86, No. 5, September-October, 1989., pp. 507-515.
Armelin, H.S., Banthia, N. (1998) Steel Fiber Rebound in Shotcrete, Concrete
International, September, 1998 pp. 74-79.
References
References
Chern, J.C., and Young, C.H. (1989) "Compressive Creep and Shrinkage of Steel
Fiber Reinforced Concrete", The International Journal of Cement Composites and
Lightweight Concrete, Vol. 11, No.4, 1989, pp. 205-214.
Chern, J.C., Yang, H.J., and Chen, H.-W. (1992) "Behavior of Steel Fiber Reinforced
Concrete in Multiaxial Loading", ACI Materials Journal, Vol. 89, No. 1, JanuaryFebruary, 1992, pp. 32-41.
Craig, R. (1987) "Flexural Behavior and Design of Reinforced Fiber Concrete
Members", ACI SP-105: Fiber Reinforced Concrete Properties and Applications,
American Concrete Institute, Detroit, Michigan, 1987, pp. 517-563.
Craig, R.J., Parr, J.A., Germain, E., Mosquera, V., Kamilares, S. (1986) Fiber
Reinforced Beams in Torsion, ACI Journal / November-December, 1986, pp. 934-942.
DIN (1991) DIN Merkblatt Grundlagen zur Bemessung von Industriefusbden aus
Stahlfaserbeton
Di Prisco, M., Caruso, M.L., Piatti, S., (1994) On Fiber Role in Dowel Action,
Studie E Ricerche, Vol. 15, Politecnico di Milano, Italia, 1994
Dombi J. (1993) "Applying steel fibre reinforcement in Siome type concrete tubes", (in
Hungarian) Kzlekedspts- s Mlyptstudomnyi Szemle, XLIII. vfolyam, 8.
Szm, 1993, pp. 306-313.
Dubey, A., Banthis, N. (1998) Influence of High-Reactivity Metakaolin and Silica
Fume on the Flexural Toughness of High-Performance Steel Fiber-Reinforced
concrete, ACI Material Journal, Vol. 95, No. 3, May-June, 1998, pp. 284-292.
Dulcska, E. (1994) Design problems of steel fibre reinforced concrete structures, (in
Hungarian), Kzlekedspts s Mlyptstudomnyi Szemle, XLIV. vfolyam, 7.
Szm, 1994, pp. 263-274.
Dulcska, E. (1996) Experimental study on the behaviour of steel fibre reinforced
concrete beams, (in Hungarian) Kzti Kzlekeds- s Mlyptstudomnyi Szemle,
XLVI. vfolyam, 10. Szm, 1996, pp. 402-407.
El-Niema, E. I. (1991) "Reinforced Concrete Beams with Steel Fibers under Shear",
ACI Strucural Journal, Vol. 88, No. 2, March-April, 1991, pp. 178-183.
Erdlyi A., (1993) "The toughness of Steel Fiber Reinforced Concrete", Periodica
Politechnica, 1993, Vol. 37, No. 4, pp. 329-344.
Erdlyi, L. (1996) "Transmission Length Determination Based on Measured Draw-In
and Concrete Strain", Periodica Plytechnica, 1996.
Erdlyi, L., Kovcs, I., Balzs, L., Gy. (1999) "Determination of transmission length
in steel fibre reinforced concrete beams", (in Hungarian) Proceedings of the 1st
International Conference on Steel Fibre Reinforced Concrete from the research to the
practice, Budapest, 1999, mrcius 4-5., pp. 151-171.
Falkner, H., and Teutsch, M. (1993) Dauerhafte Bauwerke aus Faserbeton
Braunschweiger Bauseminar 11-12. Nov. 1993, Heft 105, Brauschweig 202 p.
Falkner, H., Kubat, B, and Droesen, S. (1994) Durchstanzversuche an Platten aus
Stahlfaserbeton, Bautechnik, Vol. 71, 1994, Helf 8., pp 460-467.
References
Fattuhi, N.I. (1987) SFRC Corbel Tests, ACI Structural Journal / March-April,
1987, pp. 119-123.
FIP (1982) Prestressing Steel: 7. Test for the determination of tendon transmission
length under static conditions, Report, FIP, 1982
Gokoz, U.N., and Naaman, A.E. (1981) "Effect of Strain-Rate on the Behaviour of
Fibers in Mortar", International Journal of Cement Composites, Vol.3, No.3, Aug.
1981, pp. 187-202.
Goldfein, S. (1965) "Fibrous Reinforcement for Portland Cement", Modern Plastics,
Vol.42, No.8, 1965, pp. 156-160.
Gopalaratnam, V.S., and Abu-Mathkour, H.J. (1987) "Investigation of the Pull-Out
Characteristics of Steel Fibers from Mortar Matrices", Proceedings, International
Symposium on Fiber Reinforced Concrete, Madras, Dec. 1987, pp. 2.201-2.211.
Gopalartnam, V.S. (1991) "Fracture Toughness of Fiber Reinforced Concrete", ACI
Materials Journal, Vol.88., No.4, 1991, pp.339-353.
Gopalaratnam, V.S., and Shah, S.P. (1986) "Properties of Steel Fiber Reinforced
Concrete Subjected to Impact Loading", ACI Journal, Vol.83, No.1, 1986, pp. 117-126.
Gray, R.J., and Johnston, C.D. (1978) "Measurement of Fiber-Matrix Interfacial Bond
Strength in Steel Fiber-Reinforced Cementitious Composites", Proceedings of the
RILEM Symposium: Testing and Test Methods of Fiber Cement Composites, Construction Press, Lancester, 1978, pp. 317-328.
Groth, P., Noghabai, K. (1996) Fracture Mechanics Properties of Steel Fibre
Reinforce High-Performance Concrete, Proceedings of the 4th International
Symposium on Utilization of High-Strength/High-Performance Concrete, Paris, 1996,
pp. 747-756.
Hannant D.J. (1975) "Additional Data on Fiber Corrosion in Cracked Beams and
Theoretical Treatment of the Effect of Fiber Corrosion on Beam Load Capacity",
RILEM Symposium on Fiber Reinforced Cement and Concrete, Vol. II, 1975, pp. 533538.
Hannant, D.J. (1978) "Fiber Cements and Fiber Concretes, Wiley, Chicester, 1978,
219 p.
Hannant D.J. (1989) "Ten Year Flexural Durability Tests on Cement Sheets
Reinforced with Fibrillated Polypropylene Networks", Fiber Reinforced Cements and
Concretes-Recent Developments, Elsevier, 1989, pp. 572-563.
Hanecka, S., Krizma, M., Ravinger, J., Shawkat, S. (1994) "Contribution to Limit
State of the Second Group of Beam Subjected to Moving Load"
Hashin, Z. (1983) Analysis of composite materials, Journal of applied Mechanics,
Vol. 50, September, 1983, pp. 481-505.
Houde, J., Prezeau, A., and Roux, R. (1987) "Creep of Concrete Containing Fibers
and Silica Fume", ACI SP-105: Fiber Reinforced Concrete Properties and Applications,
American Concrete Institute, Detroit, Michigan, 1987, pp. 101-118.
References
Hsu, T.T.C. (1998) Stresses and Crack Angels in Concrete Membrane Elements,
Journal of Structural Engineering, Vol. 124, No. 12, December, 1998, pp. 1476-1484.
Hsu, T.T.C., Mau, S.T., Chen, B. (1987) Theory of Shear Transfer Strength of
Reinforced Concrete, ACI Structural Journal, March-April, 1987, pp. 149-160.
Imam, M., Vandewalle, L. (1996) How Efficient are Steel Fibres in High Strength
Concrete Beams?, Proceedings of the4th International Symposium on Utilization of
High-Strength/ High-Performance Concrete, Paris, 1996, pp. 1067-1076.
JSCE (The Japan Society of Civil Engineers) (1984) Method of Tests for Steel Fiber
Reinforced Concrete, Concrete Library of JSCE, Part III-2, 1984.
Kani, G.N.J. (1964) The Riddle of Shear Failure and Its Solution, Journal of the
American Concrete Institute, Proceedings, Vol. 61, No. 4, April, 1964, pp. 441-467.
Kausay, T., (1994) Aclhuzal-szler sts betonok tulajdonsgai s teherbrsa,
BETON, II. vfolyam, 6. Szm, 1994, pp. 5-11.
Khajuria, A, Bohra, K., and Balaguru, P. (1991) "Long-Term Durability of Synthetic
Fibers in Concrete", ACI SP-126: Durability of Concrete, American Concrete Institute,
Detroit, Michigan, 1987, pp. 851-868.
Kiss, R., (1996) "Experimental study on the shear capacity of beams reinforced by
hungarian made steel and polypropylene fibres", (in Hungarian), BME
Vasbetonszerkezetek Tanszke, Budapest, 1996.
Kormeling, H.A., Reinhardt, H.W., and Shah, S.P. (1980) "Static and Fatigue
Properties of Concrete Beams Reinforced with Continuous Bars and with Fibers", ACI
Journal / January- February, 1980., pp.36-42.
Kotsovos, M.D. (1983) Mechanisms of Shear Failure, Magazine of Concrete
Research, Vol. 35, No. 123, June, 1983., pp. 99-106.
Kovcs, I. (1996) "Beton szvssgnak nvelse aclszlakkal", Diplomamunka, BME
Vasbetonszerkezetek Tanszke
Kovcs, I. (1997) "Shear capacity of steel fiber reinforced concrete beams",
Proceedings of the 1th International Conference of Ph.D. Students, Miskolc, Hungary,
August 1997.
Kovcs I., Erdlyi, L., Balzs, L., Gy. (1997) "Aclszler sts vasbetongerendk
trsi viselkedse", BME Vasbetonszerkezetek Tanszknek Tudomnyos Kzlemnyei,
1997., Budapest, pp.119-130.
Kovcs I. (1998) "Szler sts betonok modellezse egytengely hzsban BME
Vasbetonszerkezetek Tanszknek Tudomnyos Kzlemnyei, 1998., Budapest, pp. 97111.
Kovcs, I. (1998) Modeling of Plastic Matrix-Fiber Interaction in Fiber Reinforced
Concrete, Proceedings of the 2nd International Ph.D. Symposium in Civil Engineering,
Budapest, Hungary, 29-28 August 1998., pp.15-22.
Kovcs, I., Erdlyi, L., Balzs, L., Gy. (1999) "Vasbeton gerendk trsi viselkedse
aclszler sts s hagyomnyos vasals egyidej alkalmazsa esetn", Szler sts
betonok a kutatstl az alkalmazsig Konferenciakiadvny, Budapest, 1999.,
mrcius 4-5., pp. 139-151.
References
Kovcs,
I.
(1999)
Szler sts
betonok
modellezse
egytengly
feszltsgllapotban, Szler sts betonok a kutatstl az alkalmazsig
Konferenciakiadvny, Budapest, 1999. mrcius 4-5., pp. 171-194.
Kovcs I., (1999) "Design Method for Steel Fiber Reinforced Concrete Based on an
Engineering Model", Proceedings of the 2nd International Conference of Ph.D.
Students, Miskolc, Hungary, August 20-22. 1999.
Krstulovic-Opara, N., Malak, S. (1997) Tensile Behavior of Slurry Infiltrated Mat
Concrete (SIMCON), ACI Material Journal, Vol. 94, No. 1, January-February, 1997.,
pp. 39-46.
Krstulovic-Opara, N., Malak, S. (1997) Micromechanical Tensile Behavior of Slurry
Infiltrated Continuous-Fiber-Mat Reinforced Concrete (SIMCON), ACI Material
Journal, Vol. 94, No. 5, September-October, 1997., pp. 373-387.
Krstulovic-Opara, N., Dogan, E., Uang, C.M., Haghayeghi, A.R. (1997) Flexural
Behavior of Composite R.C.-Slurry Infiltrated Mat Concrete (SIMCON) Members,
ACI Structural Journal, Vol. 94, No. 5, September-October, 1997., pp. 502-512.
Krstulovic-Opara, N., Al-Shannag, M.J. (1999) Slury Infiltered Mat Concrete
(SIMCON)-Based Shear Retrofit of Reinforced Concrete Members, ACI Structural
Journal, Vol. 96, No. 1, January-February, 1999., pp. 105-114.
Kulla, J., (1996) Dimensional Analysis of Bond Modulus in Fiber Pullout, Journal of
Structural Engineering,Vol. 122, No. 7, July, 1996., pp. 783-787.
Li, V.C., Ward, R., Hamza, A.M. (1992) Steel and Synthetic Fibers as Shear
Reinforcement, ACI Material Journal, Vol. 89, No. 5, September-October, 1992., pp.
499-507.
Lim, T.Y., Paramasivam, P., Lee, S.L. (1987) Analytical Model for Tensil Behavior
of Steel-Fiber Concrete, ACI Materials Journal / July-August, 1987., pp.286-298.
Lim, T.Y., Paramasivam, P., Lee, S.L. (1987) Shear and Moment Capacity of
Reinforced Steel-Fibre-concrete Beams, Magazine of concrete Research, Vol. 39, No.
140, September, 1987., pp. 148-160.
Litvin, A. (1985) "Report to Wire Reinforcement Institute on Properties of Concrete
Containing Polypropylene Fibers", CTL, Portland Cement Association, Skokie, Illinois,
1985.
Maage, Magne (1978). "Fibre Bond and Friction in Cement and Concrete",
Proceedings of the RILEM Symposium: Testing and Test Methods of Fiber Cement
Composites, Construction Press, Lancester, 1978., pp. 329-336.
Mangat, P.S., and Azari, M.M. (1986). "Compression Creep Behavior of Steel Fiber
Reinforced Cement Composites", Materials and Structures, RILEM, Vol.19, 1986., pp.
361-370.
Mangat, P.S., Molloy, B.T., and Gurusamy, K. (1989) "Marine Durability of Steel
Fiber Reinforced Concrete of High Water/Cement Ratio", Fiber Reinforced Cements
and Concretes-Recent Developments, Elsevier, 1989., pp.553-562.
References
Mansur, M.A., and Ong, K.C.G. (1991) Behavior of Reinforced Fiber Concrete Deep
Beams in Shear, ACI Structural Journal, Vol. 88, No. 1, January-February, 1991., pp.
98-105.
Mansur, M.A., Ong, K.C.G., and Paramasivam, P. (1986) Shear Strength of
Fibrous Concrete Beams Without Stirrups, Journal of Structural Engineering, Vol.
112, No. 9, September, 1986., pp. 2066-2079.
Marti, P. (1986) Staggered Shear Design of simply Supported Concrete Beams, ACI
Journal, January-February, 1986., pp. 36-42.
Mau, S.T., Hsu, T.T.C. (1987) Shear Strength Prediction for Deep Beams with Web
Reinforcement, ACI Structural Journal, November-December, 1987., pp. 513-522.
Mobasher, B., Stang, H., and Shah, S.P. (1990) "Microcracking in Fiber Reinforced
Concrete", Cement and Concrete Research, Vol.20, 1978., pp.665-676.
Morse, D.C., and Williamson, G.R. (1977) "Corrosion Behavior of Steel Fibrous
Concrete", NTIS, Springfield, Virginia, May 1977., 36 pp.
Naaman, A.E. (1992) "SIFCON: Tailored Properties for Structural Performance"
Proceedings of the RILEM/ACI Workshop on High Performance Fiber Re-inforced
Cement Composites, Mainz 1991 (ed. Reinhardt and Naaman), E & FN Spon London,
1992., pp. 18-38.
Naaman, A.E. (1998) The Simplest Ideas are often the Best, Concrete International
Cement, Ceramic & Polymeric Composites, July, 1998., pp. 57-62.
Naaman, A.E., Gopalaratnam, V.S. (1983) "Impact Properties of Steel Fiber
Reinforced Concrete in Bending", International Journal of Cement Composites and
Lightweight Concrete, Vol.5, No.4, 1983., pp. 225-233.
Naaman, A.E., Najm, H. (1991) " Bond-Slip Mechanism of Steel Fibers in Concrete",
ACI Materials Journal / March-April 1991., pp. 135-145.
Naaman, A.E., Otter, D., and Najm, H. (1991) "Elastic modulus of SIFCON in
Tension and Compression", ACI Materials Journal/Nov-Dec. 1991., pp.603-612.
Naaman, A.E., Reinhardt, H-W. (1998) "High Perforance Fiber Reinforced Cement
Composits 2", Proceedings of the 2nd. Int. RILEM Workshop, Ann Arbor, USA, June 1114., 1995., EFN Spon, Suffolk, 1995.
Naaman, A.E., and Shah, S.P. (1976) "Pull-Out Mechanism in Steel Fibre Reinforced
Concrete", Proceedings, ASCE, Vol.102, ST8, Aug. 1976, pp. 1537-1558.
Narayanan, R., Kareem-Palanjian, A.S. (1986) "Torsion, Bending, and Shear in
Prestressed Concrete Beams Containing Steel Fibers", ACI Journal / May-June, 1986.,
pp. 423-431.
Narayanan, R. and Darwish, I.Y.S. (1987) "Use of Steel Fibers as Shear
Reinforcement", ACI Structural Journal/May-June, 1987., pp. 216-227.
Narayan Swamy, R., Jones, R., Chiam, T.P. (1993) Influence of Steel Fibers on the
Shear Resistance of Lightweight Concrete I-Beams, ACI Structural Journal, Vol. 90,
No. 1, January-February, 1993., pp. 103-114.
References
Nrnberozrov, T., Babl, B., Komls, B., Janotka, I. (1994) "Strain Properties of
Fibre-Reinforced Concretes", Proceedings of the 1th Slovakian Conference on Concrete
Structures, 1994., pp. 36-45.
Pinchin, D.J., and Tabor, D. (1978) "Interfacial Contact Pressure and Frictional Stress
Transfer in Steel Fiber Cement", Proceedings of the RILEM Symposium: Testing and
Test Methods of Fiber Cement Composites, Construction Press, Lancester, 1978., pp.
337-344.
Ramakrishnan, V., and Josifek, C. (1987) "Performance Characteristics and Flexural
Fatigue Strength of Concrete Steel Fiber Composites", Proceeding of the International
Symposium on Fiber Reinforced Concrete, Oxford and IBH Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd.,
New Delhi, India, 1987., pp.273-284.
Ramakrishnan, V., Oberling. G., and Tatnall, P. (1987) "Flexural Fatigue Strength
of Steel Fiber Reinforced Concrete", ACI SP-105: Fiber Reinforced Concrete
Properties and Applications, American Concrete Institute, Detroit, Michigan, 1987., pp.
225-245.
Ramirez, J.A., Breen, J.E. (1991) Evaluation of a Modified Truss-Model Approach
for Beams in Shear, ACI Structural Journal, Vol. 88, No. 5, September-October,
1991., pp. 562-571.
Reineck, K.H. (1991) Ultimate Shear Force of Structural Concrete Members without
Transverse Reinforcement Derived from a Mechanical Model, ACI Structural Journal,
Vol. 88, No. 5, September-October, 1991., pp. 592-602.
Reineck, K.H. (1993) Modelling Structural Concrete with Strut-and-Tie Models Shear
in B-Regions, Studi e Ricerche, Vol. 14, Politecnico di Milano, Italia, 1993., pp. 165196.
Reinhardt, H.W. (1992) "Introductory Note: Fibers and Cement, a Useful
Cooperation" Proceedings of the RILEM/ACI Workshop on High Performance Fiber
Reinforced Cement Composites, Mainz 1991 (ed. Reinhardt and Naaman), E & FN
Spon London, 1992., pp. 84-99.
Reinhardt, H.W, and Naaman, A.E. (1992) "High Performance Fiber Reinforced
Cement Composites", Proceedings of the 1st Int. RILEM/ACI Workshop, Mainz, June
23-26, 1991., Chapman & Hall, London
Reinhard, H. W. and Naaman, A. E. (1999) High Performance Fiber Reinforced
Cement Composites, Proceedings of the 3th. Int. RILEM/ACI Workshop, Mainz,
Germany, May 17-19, 1999.
RILEM (1978) "Testing and Test Methods of Fiber Cement Composites", Proceedings
of the RILEM Symposium 1978., Construction Press, Lancester
RILEM (1999) Test and Design Methods for Steel fibre reinforced concrete (TC TDF162, Technical Report, for the RILEM Technical Commettee, TC-TDF 162,1999
Romualdi, J. P., Batson, G. B. (1963) "Tensile Strength of Concrete Affected by
Uniformly Distributed Beams with Closely Spaced Reinforcement, ACI
Journal,Vol.60, No.6., June 1963., pp. 775-790.
Romualdi, J. P., Batson, G. B. (1964) "Tensile Strength of Concrete Affected by
Uniformly Distributed and Closely Spaced Short Lengths of Wire Reinforcement,
References
Journal of the american Concrete Institute, Proceedings Vol. 61, No. 6, June, 1964., pp.
657-670.
Samer Ezeldin, A., Shiah, T.W. (1995) Analytical Immediate and Long-Term
Deflections of Fiber-Reinforced Concrete Beams, Journal of Structural Engineering,
Vol. 121, No. 4, April, 1995., pp. 727-738.
Sanat, K., Niyogi., G.I., Dwarakanathan (1985) "Fiber Reinforcement Beams under
Moment and Shear", Journal of Structural Engineering, Vol. 111, No. 3, March, 1985,
pp. 516-527.
Schellekens, J.C.J., De Borst, R. (1990) The Use of the Hoffman Yield Criterion in
Finite Element Analysis of Anisotropic Composites, Computers & Structures, Vol. 37,
No. 6, 1990., pp. 1087-1096.
Schntgen, B. (1989) "Rohre aus Stahlfaserbeton", Beton- und Stahlbetonbau 84
(1989), H. 4, pp.97-101.
Shah, S.P. (1990) "Fiber Reinforced Concrete", Concrete International, Vol.12, No.3,
1990, pp. 81-82.
Sharma, A.K. (1986) Shear Strength of Steel Fiber Reinforced Concrete Beams, ACI
Journal / July-August, 1986., pp.624-628.
Siao, W.E. (1994) Shear Strength of Short Reinforced Concrete Walls, Corbels, and
Deep Beams, ACI Structural Journal, Vol. 91, No. 2, March-April, 1994., pp. 123-131.
Sorushian, P, and Marikunte, S. (1992) "High Performance Cellulose Fiber
Reinforced Cement" Proceedings of the RILEM/ACI Workshop on High Performance
Fiber Re-inforced Cement Composites, Mainz 1991 (ed. Reinhardt and Naaman), E &
FN Spon London, 1992., pp. 84-99.
Spadea, G., Bencardio, F. (1997) Behavior of Fiber-Reinforced Concrete Beams
under Cyclic Loading, Journal of Structural Engineering, Vol. 123, No. 5, May, 1997.,
pp. 660-668.
Stang, H., Mobasher, B., and Shah, S.P. (1990) "Quantitative Damage
Characterization in Polypropylene Fiber Reinforced Concrete", Cement and Concrete
Research, Vol.20, 1990., pp. 540-558.
Stang, H. (1998) Application of the Stress-Crack Width Relationship in the Design of
FRC-Structures, Technical Report, for the RILEM Technical Commettee, TC-TDF
162, Test and Design Methods for Steel Fibre Reinforced Concrete, 1998.
Stang, H. , Rossi, P., (1999) Design of fiber Reinforced concrete RILEM TC 162TDF Test and Design Methods for Steel fiber Reinforced Concrete Recommendations
for Design of Fibre Reinforced concrete, 1999
Stroeven, P. (1995) Steel Fibre Reinforcement at Boundaries in Concrete Elements,
New Development in Concrete Science and Technology DeCSAT95, Printing House
Nanjing Univ. of Chemical Technology, pp.658-663.
Swamy, R.N., Jones, R., Chiam, A.T.P. (1993) Influence of Steel Fibers on the Shear
Resistance of Lightweight Concrete I-Beams, ACI Structural Journal / JanuaryFebruary, 1993., pp.103-114.
References
Tan, K.H., Murugappan, K., Paramasivam, P. (1993) Shear Behavior of Steel Fiber
Reinforced Concrete Beams, ACI Structural Journal, Vol. 89, No. 6, JanuaryFebruary, 1993., pp.3-11.
Theodorakopoulos, D.D., Swamy, R.N. (1999) Steel Fibers to Resist Punching Shear
ans Engineering Model to Enchance Durable Service Life, Proceedings of the 3th
RILEM Workshop on High Performance Fiber Re-inforced Cement Composites, Mainz
1999 (ed. Reinhardt and Naaman), RILEM Publications S.A.R.L., 1999., pp.575-585.
Torrenti, J.M., Djebri, B. (1992) Comportement des Btons de Fibres sous
Sollicitations Biaxiales, Annales de LInstitut Technique du Batiment et des Travaux
Publics No. 503-Mai, 1992., Srie: Bton 289, pp. 106-111.
Torrenti, J.M., Djebri, B. (1995) Behaviour of Steel-Fibre Reinforced Concretes
Under Biaxial Compression Loads, Cement &Concrete Composites / 17., 1995., pp.
261-266.
Ulfkjaer, J.P., Krenk, S., rinckner, R. (1995) Analytical Model for Fictitious Crack
Propagation in concrete Beams, Journal of Engineering Mechanics, Vol. 121, No. 1,
January, 1995., pp. 7-15.
Valle, M., Buyukozturk, O. (1992) Behavior of Fiber Reinforced High Strength
Concrete Under Direct Shear, Studi E Ricerche, Vol. 13, Politecnico di Milano, Italia,
1992., pp. 161-193.
WAJA (1995) Hullmostott aclszlak gyrtsa, Tanulmny, WAJA Klub Miskolc,
1995., November
Wafa, F.F., Hasnat, A., Tarabolsi, O.F. (1992) Presstressed Fiber Reinforcement
Concrete Beams Subjected to Torsion, ACI Structural Journal, Vol. 89, no. 3, MayJune, 1992., pp.272-283.
Ward, R.J., Li, V.C. (1990) Dependence of Flexural Behavior of Fiber Reinforced
Mortar on Material Fracture Resistance and Beam Size, ACI Materials Journal, Vol.
87, No. 6, November-December, 1990., pp. 627-637.
Weber,
J.W.
(1979)
"Empirischen
Formeln
Festigkeitsentwicklung und der Entwicklung des
Beton+Vertigteil-Technik, 12/1979., pp. 753-756.
zur
Beschreibung
der
E-Moduls von Beton",
References
References
Appendix
Appendix
Appendix
RC-A1 - No stirrups - 0 V% Dramix ZC 30/.5
F
Shear failure
f c = 37.58 MPa
0.16
f sp = 1.57 MPa
0.12
0.08
20 kN
0.04
F [kN]
2000
1900
1800
1700
1600
1500
1400
1300
1200
1100
1000
800
900
600
700
400
500
200
0 kN
300
0.00
100
Fu = 24.2 kN
0.20
Shear failure
f c = 39.85 MPa
0.16
f sp = 2.62 MPa
0.12
0.08
0.04
20 kN
F [kN]
2000
1900
1800
1700
1600
1500
1400
1300
1200
1000
1100
800
900
600
700
400
500
200
300
0 kN
0.00
100
Fu = 29.0 kN
0.20
Fu = 35.0 kN
0.20
Shear failure
f sp = 3.63 MPa
0.12
0.08
20 kN
0.04
F [kN]
2000
1900
1800
1700
1600
1500
1400
1300
1200
1000
1100
900
800
700
600
500
400
300
0 kN
200
0.00
100
f c = 38.55 MPa
0.16
Figure A1: 3D representation of load (F) versus crack width (a) relationships of beams
RC-A1RC-A3 measured at each load steps at the high of the tensioned steel bars. The
horizontal axis of the diagram indicates the position of the cracks along the beam.
Appendix
RC-A4 - 6/240 - 0 V% Dramix ZC 30/.5
F
Fu = 21.6 kN
0.20
Shear failure
f sp = 1.57 MPa
0.12
0.08
25 kN
0.04
F [kN]
2000
1900
1800
1700
1600
1500
1400
1300
1200
1100
900
1000
800
700
600
500
400
300
0 kN
200
0.00
100
f c = 37.58 MPa
0.16
Shear failure
f c = 39.85 MPa
0.16
f sp = 2.62 MPa
0.12
0.08
0.04
25 kN
2000
1900
1800
1700
1600
1500
1400
1300
1100
1200
1000
900
800
700
600
500
400
300
200
0 kN
0.00
100
Fu = 35.1 kN
0.20
Bending failure
f c = 38.55 MPa
0.16
f sp = 3.63 MPa
0.12
0.08
0.04
F [kN]
2000
1800
1900
1700
1600
1500
1400
1300
1100
1200
1000
900
800
700
600
500
400
300
0 kN
200
0.00
25 kN
100
Fu = 35.0 kN
0.20
Figure A2: 3D representation of load (F) versus crack width (a) relationships of beams
RC-A4RC-A6 measured at each load steps at the high of the tensioned steel bars. The
horizontal axis of the diagram indicates the position of the cracks along the beam.
Appendix
Fu = 37.4 kN
0.20
Bending failure
f sp = 1.57 MPa
0.12
0.08
0.04
30 kN
F [kN]
2000
1900
1800
1700
1600
1500
1400
1300
1200
1100
900
1000
800
700
600
500
400
300
200
0 kN
0.00
100
f c = 37.58 MPa
0.16
Fu = 35.0 kN
Bending failure
f c = 39.85 MPa
0.16
f sp = 2.62 MPa
0.12
0.08
30 kN
0.04
F [kN]
2000
1900
1800
1700
1600
1500
1400
1300
1200
1100
1000
900
800
700
600
500
400
300
200
0 kN
0.00
100
0.20
Fu = 36.6 kN
Bending failure
f c = 38.55 MPa
0.16
f sp = 3.63 MPa
0.12
0.08
30 kN
0.04
F [kN]
2000
1900
1800
1700
1600
1500
1400
1300
1100
1200
1000
900
800
700
600
500
400
300
0 kN
200
0.00
100
0.20
Figure A3: 3D representation of load (F) versus crack width (a) relationships of beams
RC-A7RC-A9 measured at each load steps at the high of the tensioned steel bars. The
horizontal axis of the diagram indicates the position of the cracks along the beam.
Appendix
RC-B1 - No stirrups - 0 V% D&D 30/.5
F
Shear failure
f c = 42.7 MPa
0.16
f sp = 1.60 MPa
0.12
0.08
20 kN
0.04
F [kN]
2000
1900
1800
1700
1600
1500
1400
1300
1200
1100
1000
800
900
600
700
400
500
100
200
0 kN
0.00
300
Fu = 21.6 kN
0.20
Shear failure
f c = 48.80 MPa
0.16
f sp = 2.81 MPa
0.12
0.08
20 kN
0.04
F [kN]
2000
1900
1800
1700
1600
1500
1400
1300
1200
1000
1100
900
800
700
600
500
400
300
200
0 kN
0.00
100
Fu = 33.6 kN
0.20
Fu = 44.7 kN
0.20
f sp = 4.13 MPa
0.12
0.08
0.04
F [kN]
2000
1900
1800
1700
1600
1500
1400
1300
1200
1100
900
1000
800
700
600
500
400
300
0 kN
200
0.00
20 kN
100
f c = 47.16 MPa
0.16
Figure A4: 3D representation of load (F) versus crack width (a) relationships of beams
RC-B1RC-B3 measured at each load steps at the high of the tensioned steel bars. The
horizontal axis of the diagram indicates the position of the cracks along the beam.
Appendix
0.20
Fu = 27.5 kN
0.16
f c = 42.7 MPa
Shear failure
f sp = 1.60 MPa
0.12
0.08
0.04
25 kN
F [kN]
1900
2000
1700
1800
1500
1600
1300
1400
1100
1200
900
1000
800
700
600
500
400
300
200
0 kN
0.00
100
Fu = 44.3 kN
Shear failure
f c = 48.80 MPa
0.16
f sp = 2.81 MPa
0.12
0.08
25 kN
0.04
F [kN]
2000
1900
1700
1800
1500
1600
1300
1400
1100
1200
1000
900
800
700
600
500
400
300
200
0 kN
0.00
100
0.20
Fu = 45.7 kN
Bending failure
f c = 47.16 MPa
0.16
f sp = 4.13 MPa
0.12
0.08
25 kN
0.04
F [kN]
2000
1900
1800
1700
1600
1500
1400
1300
1200
1100
1000
900
800
700
600
500
400
300
0 kN
200
0.00
100
0.20
Figure A5: 3D representation of load (F) versus crack width (a) relationships of beams
RC-B4RC-B6 measured at each load steps at the high of the tensioned steel bars. The
horizontal axis of the diagram indicates the position of the cracks along the beam.
Appendix
RC-B7 - 4/120 - 0 V% D&D 30/.5
F
Fu = 35.2 kN
Shear failure
f c = 42.7 MPa
0.16
f sp = 1.60 MPa
0.12
0.08
30 kN
0.04
F [kN]
1900
2000
1700
1800
1500
1600
1300
1400
1100
1200
900
1000
800
700
600
500
400
300
200
0 kN
0.00
100
0.20
0.20
f c = 48.80 MPa
0.16
f sp = 2.81 MPa
Shear failure
0.12
0.08
30 kN
0.04
F [kN]
2000
1800
1900
1700
1500
1600
1300
1400
1100
1200
1000
900
800
700
600
500
400
300
0.00
200
0 kN
100
Fu = 46.6 kN
0.20
f c = 47.16 MPa
0.16
f sp = 4.13 MPa
Bending failure
0.12
0.08
30 kN
0.04
1900
F [kN]
2000
1700
1800
1600
1500
1400
1300
1200
1100
1000
900
800
700
600
500
400
300
0 kN
200
0.00
100
Fu = 45.0 kN
Figure A6: 3D representation of load (F) versus crack width (a) relationships of beams
RC-B7RC-B9 measured at each load steps at the high of the tensioned steel bars. The
horizontal axis of the diagram indicates the position of the cracks along the beam.
Appendix
0.20
0.16
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
0
0.16
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
0.16
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
0
0.20
0.16
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
0
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
0
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
Position of crack, x [mm]
0.16
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
Position of crack, x [mm]
0.20
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
0.20
0.16
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
0
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
Position of crack, x [mm]
Figure A7: Crack distributions of beam RC-A1 having 0V% Dramix ZC 30/.5 hookedend steel fibres and of beam RC-B1 having 0V% D&D 30/.5 crimped steel fibres at
different load levels. The horizontal doted line indicates the mean crack width at the
given load step.
Appendix
10kN - RC-B2 - No stirrups - 0.5V% D&D 30/.5
0.20
0.16
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
0
0.16
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
0
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
0.16
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
0
0.20
0.16
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
0
0.20
0.20
0.16
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
0
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
Position of crack, x [mm]
0.20
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
Position of crack, x [mm]
0.16
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
Position of crack, x [mm]
0.16
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
Position of crack, x [mm]
0.20
0.16
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
0
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
Position of crack, x [mm]
Figure A8: Crack distributions of beam RC-A2 having 0.5V% DRAMIX ZC 30/.5
hooked-end steel fibres and of beam RC-B2 having 0.5V% D&D 30/.5 crimped steel
fibres at different load levels. The horizontal axis of the diagrams indicates the position
of the cracks. The horizontal doted line indicates the mean crack width at the given load
step.
Appendix
10kN - RC-B3 - No stirrups - 1.0V% D&D 30/.5
0.20
0.16
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
0
0.16
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
0
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
0.16
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
0
0.20
0.16
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
0
0.20
0.20
0.16
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
0
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
0
0.20
0.16
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
0
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
0
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
Position of crack, x [mm]
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
Position of crack, x [mm]
0.16
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
Position of crack, x [mm]
0.16
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
Position of crack, x [mm]
0.16
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
Position of crack, x [mm]
0.20
0.16
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
0
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
Position of crack, x [mm]
Figure A9: Crack distributions of beam RC-A3 having 1.0 V% Dramix ZC 30/.5
hooked-end steel fibres and of beam RC-B3 having 1.0 V% D&D 30/.5 crimped steel
fibres at different load levels. The horizontal axis of the diagrams indicates the position
of the cracks. The horizontal doted line indicates the mean crack width at the given load
step.
Appendix
10kN - RC-B4 - 4/240 - 0V% D&D 30/.5
0.20
0.16
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
0
0.16
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
0
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
0.20
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
0
0.16
0.20
0.16
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
0
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
0
0.20
0.16
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
0
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
0
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
Position of crack, x [mm]
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
Position of crack, x [mm]
0.16
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
Position of crack, x [mm]
0.16
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
Position of crack, x [mm]
0.20
0.16
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
0
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
Position of crack, x [mm]
0.16
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
0
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
Position of crack, x [mm]
Figure A10: Crack distributions of beam RC-A4 having 6/240 stirrup reinforcement
and 0 V% Dramix ZC 30/.5 hooked-end steel fibres and of beam RC-B4 having 4/240
stirrup reinforcement and 0 V% D&D 30/.5 crimped steel fibres at different load
levels. The horizontal axis of the diagrams indicates the position of the cracks. The
horizontal doted line indicates the mean crack width at the given load step.
Appendix
0.20
0.16
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
0
0.16
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
0.20
0.16
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
0
0.16
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
0
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
Position of crack, x [mm]
0.20
0.16
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
0
0.16
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
0
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
0.16
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
0
0.20
0.16
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
0
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
0
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
Position of crack, x [mm]
0.16
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
Position of crack, x [mm]
0.20
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
Position of crack, x [mm]
0.20
0.16
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
0
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
Position of crack, x [mm]
Figure A11: Crack distributions of beam RC-A5 having 6/240 stirrup reinforcement
and 0.5 V% Dramix ZC 30/.5 hooked-end steel fibres and of beam RC-B5 having
4/240 stirrup reinforcement and 0.5 V% D&D 30/.5 crimped steel fibres at different
load levels. The horizontal axis of the diagrams indicates the position of the cracks. The
horizontal doted line indicates the mean crack width at the given load step.
Appendix
0.20
0.16
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
0
0.16
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
0.20
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
0
0.20
0.16
0.16
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
0
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
0
0.20
0.16
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
0
0.16
0.20
0.16
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
0
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
Position of crack, x [mm]
0.20
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
Position of crack, x [mm]
0.16
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
Position of crack, x [mm]
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
Position of crack, x [mm]
0.16
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
0.20
0.16
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
0
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
Position of crack, x [mm]
Figure A12: Crack distributions of beam RC-A6 having 6/240 stirrup reinforcement
and 1.0 V% Dramix ZC 30/.5 hooked-end steel fibres and of beam RC-B6 having
4/240 stirrup reinforcement and 1.0 V% D&D 30/.5 crimped steel fibres at different
load levels. The horizontal axis of the diagrams indicates the position of the cracks. The
horizontal doted line indicates the mean crack width at the given load step.
Appendix
10kN - RC-B7 - 4/120 - 0V% D&D 30/.5
0.20
0.16
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
0
0.16
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
0
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
0.16
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
0
0.20
0.16
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
0
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
0
0.20
0.16
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
0
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
0
0.20
0.16
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
0
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
0
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
Position of crack, x [mm]
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
Position of crack, x [mm]
0.16
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
Position of crack, x [mm]
0.16
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
Position of crack, x [mm]
0.16
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
Position of crack, x [mm]
0.20
0.16
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
0
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
Position of crack, x [mm]
Figure A13: Crack distributions of beam RC-A7 having 6/120 stirrup reinforcement
and 0 V% Dramix ZC 30/.5 hooked-end steel fibres and of beam RC-B7 having 4/120
stirrup reinforcement and 0 V% D&D 30/.5 crimped steel fibres at different load
levels. The horizontal axis of the diagrams indicates the position of the cracks. The
horizontal doted line indicates the mean crack width at the given load step.
Appendix
0.20
0.16
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
0
0.16
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
0.20
0.16
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
0
0.16
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
0
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
position of crack, x [mm]
0.20
0.16
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
0
0.16
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
0
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
Position of crack, x [mm]
0.20
0.16
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
0
0.16
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
0
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
0.20
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
0
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
Position of crack, x [mm]
0.16
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
Position of crack, x [mm]
0.20
0.16
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
0
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
Position of crack, x [mm]
Figure A14: Crack distributions of beam RC-A8 having 6/120 stirrup reinforcement
and 0.5 V% Dramix ZC 30/.5 hooked-end steel fibres and of beam RC-B8 having
4/120 stirrup reinforcement and 0.5 V% D&D 30/.5 crimped steel fibres at different
load levels. The horizontal axis of the diagrams indicates the position of the cracks. The
horizontal doted line indicates the mean crack width at the given load step.
Appendix
10kN - RC-B9 - 4/120 - 1.0V% D&D 30/.5
0.20
0.16
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
0
0.16
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
0
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
0.20
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
0
0.16
0.20
0.16
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
0
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
0
0.20
0.16
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
0
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
0
0.16
0.20
0.16
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
0
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
Position of crack, x [mm]
0.16
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
Position of crack, x [mm]
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
Position of crack, x [mm]
0.20
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
Position of crack, x [mm]
0.16
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
Position of crack, x [mm]
0.20
0.16
0.12
0.08
0.04
0.00
0
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
Position of crack, x [mm]
Figure A15: Crack distributions of beam RC-A9 having 6/120 stirrup reinforcement
and 1.0 V% Dramix ZC 30/.5 hooked-end steel fibres and of beam RC-B9 having
4/120 stirrup reinforcement and 1.0 V% D&D 30/.5 crimped steel fibres at different
load levels. The horizontal axis of the diagrams indicates the position of the cracks. The
horizontal doted line indicates the mean crack width at the given load step.
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
ncrack
ncrack
Appendix
RC-A3
RC-A2
RC-A1
0
10
15
20
25
30
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
RC-B3
RC-B2
RC-B1
0
40
10
ncrack,bending
ncrack,bending
RC-A3
RC-A2
RC-A1
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
15
20
25
ncrack,shear
ncrack,shear
35
40
RC-B3
RC-B2
RC-B1
0
40
RC-A3
RC-A2
RC-A1
10
30
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
Load, F [kN]
18
15
12
9
6
3
0
5
25
18
15
12
9
6
3
0
Load, F [kN]
20
Load, F [kN]
Load, F [kN]
18
15
12
9
6
3
0
0
15
30
35
18
15
12
9
6
3
0
RC-B3
RC-B2
RC-B1
0
40
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
Load, F [kN]
Load, F [kN]
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
ncrack
ncrack
Figure A16: load vs. crack number relationships for RCA1A3 and RC-B1B3
RC-A6
RC-A5
RC-A4
0
10
15
20
25
30
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
RC-B6
RC-B5
RC-B4
0
40
10
10
15
20
25
30
35
ncrack,bending
ncrack,bending
RC-A6
RC-A5
RC-A4
5
15
20
25
30
35
40
ncrack,shear
ncrack,shear
Load, F [kN]
35
40
RC-B6
RC-B5
RC-B4
0
40
RC-A6
RC-A5
RC-A4
10
30
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
Load, F [kN]
18
15
12
9
6
3
0
5
25
18
15
12
9
6
3
0
Load, F [kN]
20
Load, F [kN]
Load, F [kN]
18
15
12
9
6
3
0
0
15
18
15
12
9
6
3
0
RC-B6
RC-B5
RC-B4
0
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
Load, F [kN]
Figure A17: Load vs. crack number relationships for RCA4A6 and RC-B4B36
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
ncrack
ncrack
Appendix
RC-A9
RC-A8
RC-A7
0
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
RC-B9
RC-B8
RC-B7
40
10
20
16
12
8
4
0
RC-A9
RC-A8
RC-A7
10
15
20
25
30
35
20
16
12
8
4
0
0
40
10
15
20
ncrack,shear
ncrack,shear
25
30
35
40
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
Load, F [kN]
RC-A9
RC-A8
RC-A7
5
20
RC-B9
RC-B8
RC-B7
Load, F [kN]
20
16
12
8
4
0
0
15
Load, F [kN]
ncrack,bending
ncrack,bending
Load, F [kN]
25
30
35
20
16
12
8
4
0
RC-B9
RC-B8
RC-B7
0
40
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
Load, F [kN]
Load, F [kN]
1000
800
600
400
200
0
RC-A3
RC-A2
RC-A1
10
15
20
25
30
35
sm [mm]
sm [mm]
Figure A18: Load vs. crack number relationships for RC-A7A9 and RC-B7B9
1000
800
600
400
200
0
40
RC-B3
RC-B2
RC-B1
10
600
500
400
300
200
100
0
RC-A3
RC-A2
RC-A1
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
15
20
25
Load, F [kN]
30
35
40
RC-B3
RC-B2
RC-B1
30
35
40
sm,shear [mm]
sm,shear [mm]
RC-A3
RC-A2
RC-A1
10
25
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
Load, F [kN]
600
500
400
300
200
100
0
5
20
600
500
400
300
200
100
0
Load, F [kN]
15
Load, F [kN]
sm,bending [mm]
sm,bending [mm]
Load, F [kN]
600
500
400
300
200
100
0
RC-B3
RC-B2
RC-B1
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
Load, F [kN]
Figure A19: Load vs. crack spacing relationships for RC-A1A3 and RC-B1B3
1000
800
600
400
200
0
RC-A6
RC-A5
RC-A4
10
15
20
25
30
35
sm [mm]
sm [mm]
Appendix
40
1000
800
600
400
200
0
RC-B6
RC-B5
RC-B4
10
600
500
400
300
200
100
0
RC-A6
RC-A5
RC-A4
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
15
20
25
30
35
40
RC-B6
RC-B5
RC-B4
30
35
sm,shear [mm]
sm,shear [mm]
RC-A6
RC-A5
RC-A4
10
25
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
Load, F [kN]
600
500
400
300
200
100
0
5
20
600
500
400
300
200
100
0
Load, F [kN]
15
Load, F [kN]
sm,bending [mm]
sm,bending [mm]
Load, F [kN]
600
500
400
300
200
100
0
RC-B6
RC-B5
RC-B4
40
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
Load, F [kN]
Load, F [kN]
1000
800
600
400
200
0
RC-A9
RC-A8
RC-A7
10
15
20
25
30
35
sm [mm]
sm [mm]
Figure A20: Load vs. crack spacing relationships for RC-A4A6 and RC-B4B6
1000
800
600
400
200
0
RC-B9
RC-B8
RC-B7
40
10
RC-A9
RC-A8
RC-A7
10
15
20
25
30
35
sm,bending [mm]
sm,bending [mm]
600
500
400
300
200
100
0
5
600
500
400
300
200
100
0
40
10
15
20
25
Load, F [kN]
30
35
40
sm,shear [mm]
sm,shear [mm]
RC-A9
RC-A8
RC-A7
10
20
30
40
Load, F [kN]
600
500
400
300
200
100
0
5
40
RC-B9
RC-B8
RC-B7
Load, F [kN]
30
Load, F [kN]
Load, F [kN]
20
600
500
400
300
200
100
0
RC-B9
RC-B8
RC-B7
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
Load, F [kN]
Figure A21: Load vs. crack spacing relationships for RC-A7A9 and RC-B7B9
2.0
1.6
1.2
0.8
0.4
0.0
w [mm]
w [mm]
Appendix
RC-A3
RC-A2
RC-A1
0
10
15
20
25
30
35
2.0
1.6
1.2
0.8
0.4
0.0
RC-B3
RC-B2
RC-B1
0
40
10
wbending [mm]
wbending [mm]
RC-A3
RC-A2
RC-A1
10
15
20
25
30
35
1.4
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.0
40
10
wshear [mm]
wshear [mm]
15
20
25
30
35
40
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
30
35
40
Load, F [kN]
RC-A3
RC-A2
RC-A1
25
RC-B3
RC-B2
RC-B1
Load, F [kN]
1.4
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.0
20
Load, F [kN]
Load, F [kN]
1.4
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.0
15
30
35
1.4
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.0
40
RC-B3
RC-B2
RC-B1
10
15
20
25
Load, F [kN]
Load, F [kN]
2.0
1.6
1.2
0.8
0.4
0.0
RC-A6
RC-A5
RC-A4
10
w [mm]
w [mm]
15
20
25
30
35
2.0
1.6
1.2
0.8
0.4
0.0
40
RC-B6
RC-B5
RC-B4
10
1.4
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.0
RC-A6
RC-A5
RC-A4
10
15
20
25
30
35
1.4
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.0
40
10
wshear [mm]
wshear [mm]
15
20
25
Load, F [kN]
25
30
35
40
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
30
35
40
Load, F [kN]
RC-A6
RC-A5
RC-A4
20
RC-B6
RC-B5
RC-B4
Load, F [kN]
1.4
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.0
15
Load, F [kN]
wbending [mm]
wbending [mm]
Load, F [kN]
30
35
40
1.4
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.0
RC-B6
RC-B5
RC-B4
10
15
20
25
Load, F [kN]
3.0
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0.0
RC-A9
RC-A8
RC-A7
w [mm]
w [mm]
Appendix
10
15
20
25
30
35
3.0
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0.0
RC-B9
RC-B8
RC-B7
40
10
15
wbending [mm]
wbending [mm]
1.4
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.0
RC-A9
RC-A8
RC-A7
10
15
20
25
30
35
1.4
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.0
0
40
10
wshear [mm]
15
20
25
30
35
40
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
30
35
40
Load, F [kN]
RC-A9
RC-A8
RC-A7
25
RC-B9
RC-B8
RC-B7
Load, F [kN]
1.4
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.0
20
Load, F [kN]
Load, F [kN]
30
35
40
1.4
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.0
RC-B9
RC-B8
RC-B7
10
15
20
25
Load, F [kN]
Load, F [kN]
0.14
0.12
0.10
0.08
0.06
0.04
0.02
0.00
RC-A3
RC-A2
RC-A1
10
wm [mm]
wm [mm]
15
20
25
30
35
0.14
0.12
0.10
0.08
0.06
0.04
0.02
0.00
RC-B3
RC-B2
RC-B1
40
10
wm,bending [mm]
wm,bending [mm]
RC-A3
RC-A2
RC-A1
10
15
20
25
30
35
0.14
0.12
0.10
0.08
0.06
0.04
0.02
0.00
40
15
20
25
Load, F [kN]
30
35
40
wm,shear [mm]
wm,shear [mm]
RC-A3
RC-A2
RC-A1
10
30
35
40
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
30
35
40
Load, F [kN]
0.14
0.12
0.10
0.08
0.06
0.04
0.02
0.00
5
25
RC-B3
RC-B2
RC-B1
Load, F [kN]
20
Load, F [kN]
Load, F [kN]
0.14
0.12
0.10
0.08
0.06
0.04
0.02
0.00
15
0.14
0.12
0.10
0.08
0.06
0.04
0.02
0.00
RC-B3
RC-B2
RC-B1
10
15
20
25
Load, F [kN]
0.14
0.12
0.10
0.08
0.06
0.04
0.02
0.00
RC-A6
RC-A5
RC-A4
10
wm [mm]
wm [mm]
Appendix
15
20
25
30
35
0.14
0.12
0.10
0.08
0.06
0.04
0.02
0.00
RC-B6
RC-B5
RC-B4
40
10
wm,bending [mm]
wm,bending [mm]
RC-A6
RC-A5
RC-A4
10
15
20
25
30
35
0.14
0.12
0.10
0.08
0.06
0.04
0.02
0.00
0
40
10
wm,shear [mm]
wm,shear [mm]
15
20
25
30
35
40
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
30
35
40
Load, F [kN]
RC-A6
RC-A5
RC-A4
25
RC-B6
RC-B5
RC-B4
Load, F [kN]
0.14
0.12
0.10
0.08
0.06
0.04
0.02
0.00
20
Load, F [kN]
Load, F [kN]
0.14
0.12
0.10
0.08
0.06
0.04
0.02
0.00
15
30
35
0.14
0.12
0.10
0.08
0.06
0.04
0.02
0.00
RC-B6
RC-B5
RC-B4
40
10
15
20
25
Load, F [kN]
Load, F [kN]
0.14
0.12
0.10
0.08
0.06
0.04
0.02
0.00
RC-A9
RC-A8
RC-A7
10
wm [mm]
wm [mm]
15
20
25
30
35
0.14
0.12
0.10
0.08
0.06
0.04
0.02
0.00
RC-B9
RC-B8
RC-B7
40
10
wm,bending [mm]
wm,bending [mm]
RC-A9
RC-A8
RC-A7
10
15
20
25
30
35
0.14
0.12
0.10
0.08
0.06
0.04
0.02
0.00
0
40
10
wm,shear [mm]
wm,shear [mm]
15
20
25
Load, F [kN]
30
35
40
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
30
35
40
Load, F [kN]
RC-A9
RC-A8
RC-A7
25
RC-B9
RC-B8
RC-B7
Load, F [kN]
0.14
0.12
0.10
0.08
0.06
0.04
0.02
0.00
20
Load, F [kN]
Load, F [kN]
0.14
0.12
0.10
0.08
0.06
0.04
0.02
0.00
15
30
35
40
0.14
0.12
0.10
0.08
0.06
0.04
0.02
0.00
RC-B9
RC-B8
RC-B7
10
15
20
25
Load, F [kN]
Appendix
35
RC-B1 - No stirrups
30 0 V% crimped fibres
25
20
15
10
5
0
5
10
15
RC-A1 - No stirrups
30 0 V% hooked-end fibres
25
20
15
Number of cracks
Number of cracks
35
RC-A3 - No stirrups
1.0 V% hooked-end fibres
10
5
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
RC-B3 - No stirrups
1.0 V% crimped fibres
20
25
Load, F [kN]
Load, F [kN]
2.50
RC-B1 - No stirrups
0 V% crimped fibres
2.00
1.50
RC-A3 - No stirrups
1.0 V% hooked-end fibres
1.00
a [mm]
2.00
a [mm]
2.50
RC-A1 - No stirrups
0 V% hooked-end fibres
0.50
0.00
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
10
15
0.10
RC-B1 - No stirrups
0 V% crimped fibres
0.08
amean [mm]
amean [mm]
0.10
RC-A1 - No stirrups
0 V% hooked-end fibres
0.08
0.06
0.04
RC-A3 - No stirrups
1.0 V% hooked-end
fibres
0.02
20
25
30
35
Load, F [kN]
Load, F [kN]
RC-B3 - No stirrups
1.0 V% crimped fibres
0.06
0.04
0.02
0.00
0.00
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
10
15
20
25
30
35
Load, F [kN]
Load, F [kN]
250
250
200
200
RC-A3 - No stirrups
1.0 V% hooked-end fibres
150
smean [mm]
smean [mm]
RC-B3 - No stirrups
1.0 V% crimped fibres
1.00
0.00
50
35
1.50
0.50
100
30
RC-A1 - No stirrups
0 V% hooked-end fibres
RC-B3 - No stirrups
1.0 V% crimped fibres
150
100
50
RC-B1 - No stirrups
0 V% crimped fibres
0
0
10
15
20
Load, F [kN]
25
30
35
10
15
20
25
30
Load, F [kN]
35
Number of cracks
Number of cracks
Appendix
35
RC-A4 - 6/240
30 0 V% hooked-end fibres
25
20
15
10
5
0
5
10
15
RC-A6 - 6/240
1.0 V% hooked-end fibres
20
25
30
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
35
RC-B6 - 4/240
1.0 V% crimped fibres
RC-B4 - 4/240
0 V% crimped fibres
10
15
Load, F [kN]
RC-A4 - 6/240
0 V% hooked-end fibres
2.00
a [mm]
RC-A6 - 6/240
a [mm]
30
35
RC-B4 - 4/240
0 V% crimped fibres
2.00
1.50
RC-B6 - 4/240
1.0 V% crimped fibres
1.00
0.50
0.50
0.00
0.00
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
10
15
20
25
30
35
Load, F [kN]
Load, F [kN]
0.10
0.10
RC-B4 - 4/240
0 V% crimped fibres
RC-B4 - 4/240
0 V% crimped fibres
0.08
amean [mm]
0.08
amean [mm]
25
2.50
2.50
0.06
RC-B6 - 4/240
1.0 V% crimped fibres
0.04
0.06
RC-B6 - 4/240
1.0 V% crimped fibres
0.04
0.02
0.02
0.00
0.00
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
10
15
20
25
30
35
Load, F [kN]
Load, F [kN]
250
250
200
200
RC-A6 - 6/240
1.0 V% hooked-end fibres
150
smean [mm]
smean [mm]
20
Load, F [kN]
RC-A4 - 6/240
0 V% hooked-end fibres
100
RC-B6 - 4/240
1.0 V% crimped fibres
150
100
RC-B4 - 4/240
0 V% crimped fibres
50
50
0
0
10
15
20
Load, F [kN]
25
30
35
10
15
20
25
30
Load, F [kN]
35
RC-A7 - 6/120
0 V% hooked-end fibres
Number of cracks
Number of cracks
Appendix
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
RC-A9 - 6/120
1.0 V% hooked-end fibres
10
15
20
25
30
45
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
RC-B9 - 4/120
1.0 V% crimped fibres
RC-B7 - 4/120
0 V% crimped fibres
35
10
15
RC-A7 - 6/120
0 V% hooked-end fibres
a [mm]
a [mm]
1.50
RC-A9 - 6/120
1.0 V% hooked-end fibres
1.00
1.50
RC-B9 - 4/120
1.0 V% crimped fibres
1.00
0.50
0.00
0.00
5
10
15
20
25
Load, F [kN]
30
35
10
15
20
25
30
35
Load, F [kN]
0.10
0.10
RC-A7 - 6/120
0 V% hooked-end fibres
RC-A7 - 6/120
0 V% hooked-end fibres
0.08
amean [mm]
0.08
amean [mm]
35
RC-B7 - 4/120
0 V% hooked-end fibres
2.00
0.50
0.06
RC-A9 - 6/120
1.0 V% hooked-end fibres
0.04
0.02
0.06
RC-A9 - 6/120
1.0 V% hooked-end fibres
0.04
0.02
0.00
0.00
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
10
15
Load, F [kN]
20
25
30
35
Load, F [kN]
250
250
200
200
RC-A9 - 6/120
1.0 V% hooked-end fibres
150
smean [mm]
smean [mm]
30
2.50
2.00
50
25
Load, F [kN]
Load, F [kN]
2.50
100
20
RC-A7 - 6/120
0 V% hooked-end fibres
RC-B7 - 4/120
0 V% crimped fibres
150
100
RC-B9 - 4/120
1.0 V% crimped fibres
50
0
0
0
10
15
20
Load, F [kN]
25
30
35
10
15
20
25
30
Load, F [kN]
35
Appendix
RC-A4 - 6/240 - 0 V% Dramix ZC 30/.5
4.0
0 kN
3.0
10 kN
15 kN
20 kN
Compressed face
2.0
Strain [0/00]
5 kN
Tensioned face
1.0
0.0
-1.0
1.
30
2.
-2.0
75
150
3.
-3.0
-4.0
4.
-5.0
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
0 kN
3.0
10 kN
15 kN
20 kN
25 kN
30 kN
Tensioned face
Compressed face
2.0
Strain [0/00]
5 kN
1.0
0.0
-1.0
1.
2.
-2.0
30
75
3.
-3.0
120
150
4.
-4.0
5.
-5.0
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
0 kN
3.0
Strain [0/00]
2.0
5 kN
10 kN
15 kN
20 kN
25 kN
Compressed face
30 kN
Tensioned face
1.0
0.0
-1.0
1.
2.
-2.0
3.
-3.0
-4.0
30
75
150
4.
-5.0
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
Appendix
RC-A6 - 6/120 - 0 V% Dramix ZC 30/.5
4.0
0 kN
3.0
Strain [0/00]
2.0
5 kN
10 kN
15 kN
25 kN
30 kN
35 kN
Tensioned face
Compressed face
1.0
0.0
-1.0
1.
30
2.
-2.0
75
3.
-3.0
120
150
4.
-4.0
5.
-5.0
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
0 kN
3.0
10 kN
15 kN
20 kN
25 kN
30 kN
Compressed face
2.0
Strain [0/00]
5 kN
35 kN
Tensioned face
1.0
0.0
-1.0
1.
30
2.
-2.0
75
120
3.
-3.0
150
4.
-4.0
5.
-5.0
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
0 kN
3.0
Strain [0/00]
2.0
5 kN
10 kN
15 kN
20 kN
25 kN
30 kN
35 kN
Tensioned face
Compressed face
1.0
0.0
1.
-1.0
2.
-2.0
3.
30
75
150
-3.0
-4.0
4.
-5.0
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
Appendix
Measured crack width along the beam containing 0V% DRAMIX ZC 30/.5 hooked-end steel fibres
Type of crack (B: bending crack; S: shear crack)
Load
F [kN]
1.0
2.0
3.0
5.0
7.0
10.0
15.0
17.5
20.0
371
996
449
588
B
B
S
S
S
B
Cracks
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
Position of the appeared crack along the beam x[mm]
901
1184 1278
673
801
1057
758
1406 1797
524
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
1640
288
627
943
739
1113
1533 1695
0.040
0.045 0.040 0.010 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.035 0.000 0.000
0.050 0.025 0.010 0.045 0.000 0.000 0.050 0.045 0.025 0.000
0.055 0.040 0.055 0.055 0.015 0.000 0.000 0.050 0.040 0.030 0.030 0.055 0.030
0.060 0.045 0.055 0.055 0.025 0.010 0.005 0.055 0.040 0.045 0.025 0.060 0.035 0.015
0.060 0.045 0.055 0.065 0.050 0.030 0.005 0.065 0.045 0.045 0.050 0.090 0.045 0.030 0.040 0.020
0.060 0.050 0.055 0.100 0.050 0.040 0.010 0.075 0.050 0.045 0.090 0.105 0.050 0.050 0.045 0.050 0.000 0.020 0.030 0.030
0.100 0.100 0.060 0.105 0.055 0.050 0.010 0.100 0.050 0.050 0.090 0.105 0.050 0.060 0.045 0.050 0.025 0.030 0.040 0.040 0.015 0.010 0.020 0.000 0.010
0.110 0.100 0.055 0.110 0.065 0.050 0.010 0.100 0.050 0.060 0.105 0.105 0.070 0.060 0.050 0.050 0.050 0.050 0.050 0.050 0.025 0.050 0.020 0.000 0.010 0.030 0.005
Measured crack width along the beam containing 0.5V% DRAMIX ZC 30/.5 hooked-end steel fibres
Load
F [kN] B
B
1
927
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
7.0
10.0
15.0
17.5
20.0
22.5
25.0
B
2
S
3
643
B
6
B
7
S
8
557 1116
231
306
481
683
731
831
883 1063
351
0.000
0.000 0.000 0.000
0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
0.000 0.010 0.000 0.000 0.015 0.000 0.000
0.000 0.035 0.000 0.005 0.030 0.000 0.125
0.000 0.045 0.040 0.050 0.030 0.005 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.025 0.000 0.005 0.000 0.040 0.035
0.015 0.060 0.040 0.060 0.045 0.010 0.025 0.000 0.055 0.015 0.000 0.005 0.025 0.050 0.045 0.010 0.010 0.000 0.030 0.010
0.050 0.070 0.050 0.060 0.050 0.020 0.045 0.040 0.055 0.030 0.000 0.015 0.035 0.055 0.055 0.040 0.015 0.000 0.023 0.025 0.050 0.015
0.050 0.070 0.050 0.060 0.055 0.050 0.045 0.050 0.055 0.040 0.000 0.025 0.035 0.055 0.060 0.045 0.025 0.000 0.045 0.045 0.060 0.035 0.020 0.025
0.055 0.100 0.060 0.060 0.060 0.090 0.060 0.075 0.055 0.040 0.000 0.035 0.050 0.060 0.080 0.065 0.035 0.020 0.045 0.055 0.060 0.050 0.025 0.045 0.035 0.010 0.045
0.060 0.105 0.075 0.075 0.060 0.090 0.060 0.075 0.055 0.050 0.000 0.050 0.055 0.060 0.080 0.065 0.040 0.020 0.000 0.060 0.100 0.060 0.045 0.050 0.050 0.010 0.040
Measured crack width along the beam containing 1V% DRAMIX ZC 30/.5 hooked-end steel fibres
Load
F [kN]
F [kN]
1.0
2.0
3.0
5.0
7.0
10.0
12.5
15.0
17.5
20.0
22.5
25.0
30.0
1317
717
1013 1043
618
1404 1268
561
784
853
877
1467
816
956
927
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
364
1612
686
1002
425
488
647
307
1763
0.000
0.000 0.035
0.000 0.035 0.020
0.005 0.040 0.030 0.040 0.000 0.025
0.005 0.045 0.045 0.045 0.000 0.035 0.000 0.000 0.000
0.005 0.050 0.050 0.050 0.005 0.045 0.040 0.000 0.005 0.000 0.000 0.000
0.005 0.060 0.055 0.060 0.005 0.050 0.050 0.000 0.020 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.050 0.015 0.040 0.000
0.040 0.070 0.065 0.075 0.010 0.050 0.050 0.010 0.040 0.010 0.015 0.000 0.060 0.015 0.050 0.010 0.000 0.005
0.020 0.070 0.080 0.080 0.025 0.055 0.050 0.025 0.050 0.020 0.020 0.000 0.065 0.010 0.050 0.025 0.020 0.010 0.000 0.030
0.040 0.085 0.090 0.100 0.040 0.055 0.060 0.030 0.050 0.030 0.020 0.000 0.080 0.035 0.055 0.030 0.030 0.015 0.005 0.035 0.050 0.035 0.030
0.040 0.095 0.100 0.130 0.045 0.055 0.060 0.045 0.060 0.030 0.020 0.000 0.080 0.035 0.065 0.040 0.045 0.035 0.015 0.035 0.050 0.040 0.030 0.050 0.020 0.060
0.050 0.095 0.120 0.130 0.050 0.055 0.060 0.050 0.060 0.030 0.025 0.000 0.100 0.045 0.065 0.040 0.045 0.035 0.015 0.045 0.050 0.055 0.030 0.050 0.035 0.060
0.050 0.100 0.120 0.150 0.050 0.060 0.060 0.050 0.080 0.040 0.025 0.000 0.100 0.030 0.070 0.035 0.045 0.045 0.015 0.045 0.050 0.055 0.035 0.050 0.040 0.060 0.045 0.040
Appendix
Measured crack width along the beam containing 6/240 - 0V% DRAMIX ZC 30/.5 hooked-end steel fibres
Type of crack (B: bending crack; S: shear crack)
S
B
B
B
S
S
B
B
B
B
Cracks
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
Position of the appeared crack along the beam x[mm]
Load
F [kN] B
296
511
610
1630
222
857
1
2
3
4
5
7
10
15
20
25
30
1018 1193
1521 1727
823
965
1300
336
755
1161
913
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
397
565
452
B
1
896
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
7.0
10.0
15.0
20.0
25.0
30.0
S
6
524
584
849
686
1111 1434
951
1165 1288
344
720
445
19
20
21
23
24
25
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.030 0.000
0.050 0.000 0.060 0.000 0.000 0.040
0.050 0.000 0.100 0.000 0.000 0.050 0.010 0.020 0.010 0.020 0.000
0.070 0.035 0.115 0.025 0.050 0.055 0.030 0.065 0.050 0.040 0.010 0.010 0.000 0.000
0.100 0.050 0.120 0.045 0.050 0.055 0.090 0.070 0.080 0.060 0.030 0.030 0.000 0.025 0.010 0.010 0.000 0.040 0.040 0.020
0.130 0.060 0.120 0.070 0.120 0.090 0.200 0.100 0.100 0.090 0.050 0.050 0.020 0.030 0.100 0.030 0.020 0.065 0.065 0.040 0.045
0.130 0.010 0.120 0.100 0.120 0.050 0.200 0.120 0.130 0.090 0.070 0.070 0.020 0.060 0.120 0.080 0.020 0.075 0.075 0.040 0.050 0.040 0.000
Measured crack width along the beam containing 6/240 - 1V% DRAMIX ZC 30/.5 hooked-end steel fibres
Load
F [kN]
2
3
4
5
7
10
15
20
25
30
1441
402
1255
341
767
540
866
1312
947
716
284
452
602
18
19
660
822
20
21
22
23
24
S
25
637
0.000
0.000 0.000
0.000 0.000 0.000
0.000 0.010 0.000 0.000
0.000 0.010 0.000 0.000 0.000
0.000 0.015 0.010 0.000 0.000 0.035 0.015 0.015 0.010
0.000 0.025 0.030 0.000 0.055 0.050 0.040 0.040 0.035 0.020 0.000 0.010 0.000 0.000
0.000 0.030 0.055 0.000 0.055 0.060 0.040 0.060 0.050 0.025 0.000 0.020 0.000 0.000 0.010 0.035 0.025 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.040 0.010 0.010
0.010 0.035 0.055 0.030 0.070 0.065 0.045 0.065 0.055 0.050 0.050 0.015 0.000 0.000 0.010 0.040 0.030 0.010 0.050 0.050 0.020 0.045 0.040 0.025
0.020 0.040 0.110 0.050 0.100 0.065 0.050 0.100 0.090 0.055 0.055 0.020 0.000 0.000 0.020 0.050 0.045 0.010 0.055 0.055 0.025 0.050 0.040 0.045 0.030
Appendix
Measured crack width along the beam containing 6/120 - 0V% DRAMIX ZC 30/.5 hooked-end steel fibres
Load
F [kN]
5.0
7.5
10.0
12.5
15.0
17.5
22.5
25.0
30.0
35.0
300
410
532
648
704
778
876
950
1050
818
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
1194
368
465
587
0.000 0.010 0.060 0.040 0.050 0.060 0.030 0.030 0.000 0.020 0.050 0.070 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
0.010 0.010 0.060 0.050 0.050 0.050 0.030 0.030 0.000 0.010 0.050 0.080 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.040 0.030 0.040
0.030 0.020 0.070 0.070 0.050 0.050 0.050 0.050 0.070 0.040 0.050 0.080 0.000 0.000 0.030 0.050 0.050 0.060 0.020 0.020 0.030 0.010 0.030 0.030 0.030
0.030 0.010 0.070 0.070 0.060 0.050 0.060 0.060 0.070 0.050 0.060 0.080 0.040 0.000 0.030 0.060 0.050 0.060 0.030 0.030 0.030 0.020 0.040 0.030 0.030
0.040 0.010 0.070 0.080 0.060 0.070 0.060 0.060 0.070 0.050 0.060 0.080 0.040 0.030 0.040 0.060 0.050 0.070 0.040 0.040 0.040 0.040 0.040 0.040 0.030
0.030 0.020 0.080 0.080 0.080 0.080 0.080 0.080 0.070 0.060 0.070 0.080 0.060 0.030 0.050 0.080 0.070 0.090 0.050 0.050 0.040 0.050 0.050 0.040 0.040 0.030
0.030 0.020 0.070 0.090 0.080 0.120 0.080 0.080 0.070 0.080 0.080 0.100 0.050 0.040 0.050 0.080 0.070 0.080 0.050 0.050 0.080 0.050 0.060 0.040 0.050 0.030
0.020 0.030 0.100 0.050 0.130 0.120 0.015 0.100 0.120 0.100 0.140 0.070 0.030 0.120 0.120 0.110 0.080 0.120 0.050 0.050 0.140 0.070 0.080 0.040 0.070 0.070
0.010 0.000 0.130 0.050 0.150 0.160 0.015 0.120 0.130 0.090 0.140 0.090 0.030 0.200 0.170 0.130 0.120 0.170 0.030 0.030 0.170 0.070 0.100 0.020 0.080 0.070
Measured crack width along the beam containing 6/120 - 0.5V% DRAMIX ZC 30/.5 hooked-end steel fibres
Load
F [kN]
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
15
20
25
30
860
397
1601 1360
278
482
732
997
1108 1220
576
921
16
17
18
19
621
678
1565 1080
Measured crack width along the beam containing 6/120 - 1V% DRAMIX ZC 30/.5 hooked-end steel fibres
Load
F [kN] S
1382
882
1113
360
1182
585
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
15
20
25
30
35
208
0.000 0.000 0.050 0.000 0.040 0.040 0.020 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.030 0.050 0.000 0.000
838
700
982
465
615
774
1024 1276
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
940
721
290
0.000
0.000 0.000 0.000
0.000 0.000 0.000
0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
0.040 0.040 0.050 0.020 0.030 0.000 0.000 0.040 0.040 0.040 0.040 0.040
0.060 0.060 0.050 0.040 0.050 0.000 0.000 0.050 0.050 0.040 0.050 0.050 0.050 0.000 0.020 0.020 0.000 0.000
0.070 0.100 0.070 0.040 0.090 0.000 0.050 0.060 0.060 0.050 0.060 0.060 0.070 0.050 0.020 0.030 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
0.070 0.150 0.090 0.050 0.090 0.000 0.060 0.090 0.090 0.060 0.090 0.090 0.080 0.070 0.050 0.050 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.030 0.030
0.090 0.150 0.110 0.050 0.100 0.000 0.060 0.100 0.100 0.070 0.100 0.100 0.080 0.120 0.050 0.050 0.050 0.050 0.000 0.080 0.000 0.030 0.030 0.050
0.090 0.210 0.170 0.040 0.100 0.000 0.070 0.110 0.110 0.110 0.110 0.110 0.130 0.160 0.050 0.100 0.050 0.050 0.000 0.130 0.000 0.040 0.060 0.070
Appendix
Load
F [kN] B
731
628
887
1318
1391
1615
1437
4
5
7
10
13
15
18
20
731
789
926
1034
855
438
532
977
1065
1136
18
19
20
21
22
23
1173
1211
1273
1524
1563
597
S
24
1492
0.000
0.020
0.020 0.045 0.025 0.040 0.020 0.030 0.035 0.020
0.040 0.050 0.035 0.050 0.035 0.045 0.035 0.025 0.035 0.035 0.000 0.045
0.045 0.050 0.040 0.050 0.040 0.045 0.035 0.020 0.040 0.045 0.000 0.045 0.045 0.010 0.035 0.030 0.045
0.050 0.050 0.040 0.055 0.040 0.050 0.035 0.015 0.050 0.045 0.010 0.050 0.045 0.035 0.045 0.040 0.045 0.040 0.030 0.045 0.015 0.015
0.050 0.050 0.045 0.055 0.045 0.050 0.040 0.015 0.050 0.050 0.010 0.055 0.045 0.035 0.045 0.050 0.050 0.045 0.030 0.050 0.020 0.020 0.025 0.025
0.055 0.080 0.045 0.060 0.050 0.055 0.040 0.010 0.060 0.055 0.010 0.065 0.050 0.050 0.050 0.055 0.050 0.055 0.045 0.060 0.025 0.025 0.025 0.030
Measured crack width along the beam containing 0.5V% D&D - 30/.5 crimped fibres
Load
F [kN] S
10
11
12
B
B
Cracks
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
1683
1684
486
1764
338
1262
1182
1638
1
2
3
5
7
10
13
15
18
20
23
25
1576
1313
524
593
667
809
749
998
1158
1506
1093
899
1231
1406
1039
1443
0.000 0.000
0.000 0.000
0.000 0.000 0.000
0.030 0.010 0.040 0.015 0.010 0.040 0.025 0.015 0.040 0.030
0.030 0.010 0.045 0.020 0.050 0.050 0.020 0.030 0.040 0.040 0.030 0.035 0.040
0.045 0.010 0.050 0.025 0.035 0.055 0.020 0.040 0.050 0.045 0.035 0.045 0.045 0.035 0.020 0.045 0.010 0.005 0.020
0.045 0.010 0.070 0.035 0.050 0.065 0.025 0.050 0.050 0.050 0.040 0.055 0.045 0.045 0.045 0.050 0.015 0.005 0.040 0.020 0.015
0.055 0.015 0.070 0.040 0.050 0.090 0.050 0.055 0.060 0.050 0.040 0.055 0.050 0.045 0.045 0.045 0.015 0.020 0.050 0.020 0.030 0.040
0.055 0.015 0.075 0.045 0.060 0.100 0.055 0.065 0.070 0.050 0.055 0.060 0.060 0.045 0.050 0.065 0.015 0.020 0.050 0.030 0.030 0.045 0.040
0.055 0.015 0.080 0.050 0.070 0.115 0.065 0.075 0.075 0.050 0.055 0.090 0.060 0.055 0.055 0.065 0.015 0.020 0.050 0.030 0.045 0.050 0.050 0.040
0.070 0.020 0.100 0.050 0.100 0.140 0.350 0.075 0.100 0.050 0.060 0.085 0.060 0.060 0.060 0.090 0.025 0.025 0.055 0.055 0.050 0.050 0.060 0.050 0.030
0.120 0.020 0.100 0.080 0.130 0.145 0.100 0.080 0.100 0.055 0.060 0.120 0.085 0.075 0.100 0.100 0.025 0.025 0.060 0.060 0.050 0.050 0.060 0.050 0.030
2
3
5
7
10
13
15
18
20
23
25
30
438
496
636
874
689
1019
1337
1073
1154
1238
1554
968
1494
583
941
344
18
19
20
21
22
23
1416
1633
823
1192
402
286
0.020 0.005
0.025 0.010
0.025 0.020 0.005 0.010
0.030 0.025 0.005 0.025 0.025 0.005 0.030 0.015 0.015 0.035 0.030 0.005
0.030 0.030 0.010 0.045 0.045 0.005 0.045 0.020 0.025 0.040 0.030 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.040 0.005
0.030 0.035 0.025 0.045 0.050 0.015 0.045 0.035 0.040 0.050 0.040 0.025 0.005 0.005 0.050 0.005 0.020 0.010 0.010
0.030 0.045 0.025 0.045 0.050 0.025 0.045 0.030 0.040 0.050 0.020 0.025 0.015 0.005 0.050 0.010 0.020 0.010 0.010 0.015
0.035 0.045 0.040 0.050 0.065 0.045 0.045 0.040 0.050 0.050 0.035 0.035 0.025 0.005 0.050 0.010 0.020 0.010 0.020 0.015 0.030
0.035 0.050 0.040 0.050 0.080 0.045 0.055 0.045 0.060 0.060 0.050 0.040 0.040 0.010 0.060 0.035 0.025 0.015 0.020 0.035 0.030 0.010
0.050 0.050 0.050 0.050 0.100 0.045 0.075 0.050 0.060 0.060 0.050 0.045 0.050 0.010 0.100 0.040 0.025 0.020 0.020 0.040 0.030 0.025 0.005
0.050 0.050 0.050 0.050 0.105 0.050 0.080 0.050 0.060 0.075 0.050 0.045 0.050 0.020 0.110 0.050 0.025 0.020 0.020 0.045 0.030 0.025 0.015
0.060 0.055 0.050 0.050 0.135 0.055 0.130 0.050 0.100 0.075 0.055 0.045 0.055 0.020 0.125 0.055 0.025 0.025 0.020 0.045 0.045 0.050 0.015
Appendix
Measured crack width along the beam 4/240 containing 0V% D&D - 30/.5 crimped fibres
Load
F [kN]
1132 1767
4
5
7
10
15
20
25
S
S
B
B
S
S
Cracks
7
8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
Position of the appeared crack along the beam x[mm]
918 1247
523
624
678
332
758
974 1318
429
18
19
20
21
22
23
368
0.035 0.025
0.045 0.030
0.045 0.020 0.030 0.030 0.020 0.030 0.020 0.040 0.035
0.045 0.030 0.035 0.150 0.040 0.035 0.025 0.045 0.045 0.040 0.035 0.040 0.005 0.045 0.000 0.050
0.075 0.030 0.045 0.020 0.050 0.045 0.035 0.050 0.050 0.040 0.055 0.065 0.005 0.055 0.005 0.050 0.050 0.025 0.010 0.050 0.035
0.095 0.045 0.050 0.025 0.065 0.050 0.040 0.060 0.065 0.055 0.090 0.100 0.010 0.100 0.005 0.055 0.060 0.045 0.015 0.055 0.035 0.020
0.100 0.050 0.080 0.025 0.080 0.085 0.050 0.085 0.075 0.055 0.135 0.140 0.010 0.105 0.005 0.090 0.075 0.055 0.045 0.060 0.040 0.040 0.070
Measured crack width along the beam 4/240 containing 0.5V% D&D - 30/.5 crimped fibres
Load
F [kN]
2.0
3.0
5.0
7.0
10.0
12.5
15.0
17.5
20.0
22.5
25.0
27.5
30.0
32.5
981
1829
906
1106
773
491
571
641
1265 1193
709
817
1048 1155
861
1337 1447
369
416
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
257
1221
326
1724
392
Measured crack width along the beam 4/240 containing 1V% D&D - 30/.5 crimped fibres
Load
F [kN]
ny
ny
743
988
808 1176
936 1588
2.0
3.0
5.0
7.0
10.0
12.5
15.0
17.5
20.0
22.5
25.0
27.5
30.0
35.0
514
389
457
654
701
876 1392
ny
ny
ny
ny
ny
ny
ny
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
292
796 1693
238
0.025
0.030
0.035 0.005
0.045 0.005 0.040 0.030 0.040
0.055 0.001 0.045 0.045 0.030 0.015 0.020 0.005
0.070 0.020 0.045 0.045 0.035 0.040 0.025 0.005 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.020 0.040 0.040 0.035
0.080 0.025 0.060 0.045 0.045 0.040 0.025 0.040 0.015 0.020 0.020 0.025 0.045 0.050 0.035 0.020 0.020 0.050 0.045 0.020 0.025
0.100 0.035 0.060 0.050 0.055 0.045 0.040 0.045 0.025 0.020 0.030 0.045 0.050 0.050 0.040 0.025 0.040 0.060 0.050 0.030 0.030 0.020 0.010 0.040
0.105 0.045 0.075 0.055 0.065 0.045 0.040 0.045 0.020 0.025 0.040 0.045 0.055 0.060 0.040 0.040 0.050 0.060 0.055 0.030 0.030 0.025 0.030 0.040
0.120 0.045 0.075 0.055 0.085 0.045 0.045 0.050 0.060 0.040 0.050 0.050 0.060 0.090 0.050 0.040 0.050 0.090 0.055 0.030 0.030 0.040 0.040 0.045
0.135 0.050 0.085 0.075 0.100 0.050 0.045 0.050 0.080 0.045 0.050 0.050 0.075 0.095 0.055 0.045 0.050 0.100 0.095 0.030 0.035 0.040 0.040 0.050
0.150 0.055 0.095 0.100 0.100 0.050 0.045 0.050 0.090 0.050 0.050 0.055 0.100 0.095 0.065 0.050 0.060 0.100 0.095 0.030 0.035 0.050 0.050 0.050 0.050 0.045
0.150 0.070 0.100 0.105 0.135 0.050 0.050 0.050 0.095 0.050 0.050 0.080 0.100 0.105 0.065 0.065 0.060 0.140 0.105 0.030 0.035 0.050 0.050 0.050 0.050 0.045 0.050
0.170 0.070 0.110 0.150 0.150 0.050 0.550 0.050 0.115 0.100 0.050 0.100 0.125 0.135 0.150 0.070 0.060 0.120 0.150 0.030 0.035 0.050 0.050 0.050 0.070 0.035 0.070
Appendix
891
2.0
4.0
5.0
7.0
10.0
12.5
15.0
17.5
20.0
22.5
25.0
30.0
1298
639
1029
755
1126
552
1231
426
1579
1482
814
1193
1415
960
1353
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
1656
1722
1742
232
697
293
486
360
0.000 0.000
0.015 0.010 0.020 0.040
0.025 0.050 0.025 0.035 0.035 0.045
0.030 0.025 0.050 0.050 0.040 0.045 0.045 0.010 0.025 0.005 0.020 0.035 0.020 0.025
0.050 0.025 0.055 0.055 0.045 0.055 0.055 0.030 0.045 0.020 0.030 0.045 0.035 0.040 0.045 0.030 0.030 0.020
0.060 0.055 0.060 0.065 0.050 0.065 0.075 0.040 0.050 0.020 0.040 0.050 0.045 0.030 0.055 0.035 0.050 0.025
0.080 0.060 0.090 0.080 0.050 0.090 0.080 0.050 0.050 0.035 0.050 0.050 0.050 0.045 0.055 0.045 0.075 0.025 0.045
0.100 0.065 0.095 0.080 0.075 0.100 0.080 0.050 0.050 0.045 0.050 0.060 0.050 0.050 0.065 0.050 0.085 0.025 0.050 0.030 0.025 0.010
0.105 0.080 0.095 0.100 0.080 0.100 0.085 0.055 0.055 0.050 0.050 0.070 0.070 0.055 0.080 0.050 0.095 0.035 0.060 0.040 0.030 0.010
0.115 0.090 0.095 0.100 0.090 0.100 0.090 0.050 0.055 0.050 0.055 0.070 0.070 0.055 0.095 0.050 0.100 0.040 0.070 0.050 0.030 0.010
0.140 0.090 0.095 0.075 0.095 0.120 0.105 0.060 0.055 0.050 0.055 0.095 0.090 0.055 0.100 0.050 0.115 0.040 0.100 0.050 0.035 0.015
0.170 0.115 0.070 0.100 0.105 0.120 0.160 0.065 0.040 0.060 0.120 0.100 0.090 0.060 0.115 0.060 0.150 0.040 0.200 0.050 0.045 0.015 0.045 0.010
Measured crack width along the beam 4/120 containing 0.5V% D&D - 30/.5 crimped fibres
Type of crack (B: bending crack; S: shear crack)
Load
F [kN] B
916
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
7.0
10.0
12.5
15.0
17.5
20.0
22.5
25.0
30.0
32.5
35.0
667 1571
S
B
S
S
S
S
B
Cracks
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
Position of the appeared crack along the beam x[mm]
597
697
335
446
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
222
822
Appendix
Subject Index
Subject Index
Compressive toughness
18
Conclusions
34, 68, 127, 163
Concrete
15
Concrete mixes
35
Concrete mixers
37
Concrete strain
136, 137, 138
Construction material
15
A
Acrylic fibre
Aggregates
A-glass fibre
Air content
Anisotropic features
Anchorage properties of fibre
Aramid fibre
Axially prestressed member
16
36
16
36
33
32
16
18
D
Debonding of fibre
23
Deformed fibres
15
Deep beam
18, 31
Ductility
16
Dry mixing
36
Draw-in 134, 135, 139, 140, 142, 144
B
Balling effect
32
Bamboo fibre
16
Behaviour in compression19, 44, 46, 54
Behaviour in tension
22, 24, 53
Bending
15, 65, 66, 122, 160
Bending failure
105, 106, 160
Bond
22, 23, 150
Brittleness
22
E
E-glass fibre
Elephant grass fibre
Energy absorption
Experimental programme
C
Camber
134, 147, 148, 149
Characteristic fibre orientation
40
Cellulose fibre
16
Cement based material
16, 33
Cracking behaviour
23, 115
Crack width
115, 116, 118, 119
Crack development
115, 116
Crack pattern
116, 117
Crack spacing
115, 116, 118
Crimped fibre
15, 37, 38
Cross-section of fibre
15
Coconut fibre
16
Collocated fibre
15
Compression
15, 18
Compressive strength 20, 21, 44, 46, 49
16
16
16, 27, 115
101, 131
F
Failure mode
Subject Index
Flexural toughness
Four point bending
Force-flow
Formworks
N
Natural fibre
NEG AR glass fibre
Number of crack
Nylon
G
Glass fibre
Gradual release
15, 16
133, 134, 136, 137
P
Partially prestressed member
18
Paddled fibre
15
Plain concrete
18
Polyester fibre
16
Polyethylene fibre
16
Polypropylene fibre
15
Porosity
18, 36
Post-peak behaviour
18
Prestressed pretensioned concrete
beams
131, 133, 134
Prestressing force 133, 134, 139, 142
Prestressing tendon
133, 134
Punching shear strength
18
Pull-out of fibre
23
H
High steel fibre content
High strength concrete
High performance concrete
Hooked-end fibre
23
15
15
15, 37, 38
I
Impact resistance
Industrial floor
33
33
K
Krizotil fibre
Krocidolit fibre
15
16
116
16
16
16
R
Reinforcing bar
Reinforcing detail
L
Literature review 20, 21, 24, 26, 52, 53
62, 63
Load deflection relationship 27, 66
110, 114, 162
Localised fibre yielding
23
Low steel fibre content
23
S
SIFCON
33
Sisal fibre
16
Shear behaviour
102, 105, 106, 107
Shear failure
104, 105, 106, 107
Shear reinforcement ratios
109, 110
112
Shear span to depth ratio
31
Shear strength
18, 105
Steel fibre
15
Steel fibre reinforced concrete 15, 101
Steel fibre reinforced concrete beam
101, 106, 107
Stirrup reinforcement102, 105, 106, 107
Straight fibre
15
M
Material compositions
35
Material properties
15
Mean crack width
116, 118, 119
Mean crack spacing
116, 118, 120
Mechanical model
72, 76
Mechanical device
72, 76
Medium steel fibre content
23
Mixing process
18
Mixing sequence
36
Modelling
71, 122, 126, 127, 128
129, 151
Modulus of elasticity
16, 18
Mortal
16
Multiple cracking
25
Subject Index
Superplasticizer
36
T
Tension
Tensile strength
Test specimens
15
22, 24, 26
35, 38, 39, 42, 43
101, 131, 132
Toughness indexes
15, 26, 29, 66
Transfer length of tendon
31, 150
153, 154, 155,156, 157, 158
Transfer mechanism of fibres
23
U
Undulated fibre
15
W
Water to cement ratio
Workability of concrete
Wood fibre
36, 50, 61
35
16
233